Donate
 
    
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Root Search
  		 "stu" has 1 results.
    
        Root Word (Pāṇini Dhātupāṭha:)Full Root MarkerSenseClassSutra
√ṣṭuṣṭuññstutau244
   		"stu" has 1 results.
        Root WordIAST MeaningMonier Williams PageClass
√स्तुstupraising / stuti1259/1Cl.2
     Amarakosha Search  		 20 results
     
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
chatrā2.9.38FeminineSingular‍vitunnakam, kustumburu, dhānyakam
gauḥ2.9.67-72FeminineSingularupasaryā, rohiṇī, bahusūtiḥ, kapilā, navasūtikā, ekahāyanī, droṇakṣīrā, bandhyā, saurabheyī, garbhopaghātinī, arjunī, acaṇḍī, dhavalā, vaṣkayiṇī, dvivarṣā, pīnoghnī, tryabdā, samāṃsamīnā, sandhinī, vaśā, praṣṭhauhī, naicikī, pareṣṭukā, pāṭalā, suvratā, caturabdā, droṇadugdhā, avatokā, usrā, kālyā, aghnyā, sukarā, kṛṣṇā, dhenuḥ, ekābdā, pīvarastanī, trihāyaṇī, māheyī, vehad, śṛṅgiṇī, bālagarbhiṇī, śavalī, cirasūtā, dvihāyanī, sukhasaṃdohyā, caturhāyaṇī, dhenuṣyā, sravadgarbhā, mātā(49)cow
īlitaśaḥMasculineSingularvarṇitam, paṇitam, paṇāyim, īḍitam, gīrṇam, praṇum, śastam, abhiṣṭutam, panitam, panāyim, stutam
kaṇaḥ3.3.52MasculineSingularstutiḥ, akṣaraḥ, dvijādiḥ, śuklādiḥ
loṣṭhāni2.9.12MasculineSingularleṣṭuḥ
madaḥ3.3.98MasculineSingularsthānam, lakṣma, aṅghri, vastu, vyavasitiḥ, trāṇam
mṛganābhiḥ1.2.130MasculineSingularmṛgamadaḥ, kastūrī
pṛśniparṇīFeminineSingularsiṃhapucchī, kalaśiḥ, pṛthakparṇī, dhāvaniḥ, citraparṇī, guhā, aṅghriparṇikā, kroṣṭuvinnā
puraskṛtaḥ3.3.90MasculineSingularabhidheyaḥ, rāḥ, vastu, prayojanam, nivṝttiḥ
stavaḥ1.6.12MasculineSingularstutiḥ, stotram, nutiḥpraise
stūpaḥ3.5.19MasculineSingular
stutipāṭhakaḥ2.8.99MasculineSingularbandī
sukarā2.9.71FeminineSingularpareṣṭukā
veśmabhūḥ2.2.19FeminineSingularvāstuḥ
kaustubhaḥ1.1.28MasculineSingularjewel of krishna
niṣṭuramMasculineSingularparuṣamharsh
vāstukamNeuterSingular
vītasaṃstūpakaraṇam2.10.26MasculineSingular
samastulyaḥ2.10.37NeuterSingularsamānaḥ, samaḥ, tulyaḥ, sadṛkṣaḥ, sadṛk, sādhāraṇaḥ
astu2.4.12MasculineSingular
     Monier-Williams
          Search  		 545 results for stu
     
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
stu cl.2 P. A1. (; see ) st/auti- or stavīti-, stute- or stuvīte- (in also st/avate-,3. sg. stave-[with pass. sense], 1. 3. sg. stuṣ/e- imperative stoṣi-, parasmE-pada [mostly with pass. sense] stuvān/a-, st/avāna-or stavān/a-, st/avamāna-;in stunvanti-,in parasmE-pada stunvāna-; perfect tense tuṣṭāva-, tuṣṭuv/us-, tuṣṭuv/e- etc.; Aorist astāvīt-or astauṣīt- etc.; stoṣat-, stoṣāṇi- ; /astoṣṭa- etc.; preceding stūyāt- grammar; future stavitā-or stotā- ; future staviṣy/ati-, te- ; stoṣyati-, te- etc.; Conditional astoṣyat- ; infinitive mood stotum- etc.; stavitum- ; st/otave-, stav/adhyai- ; ind.p. stutv/ā- etc.; -st/utya- etc.; -stūya- etc.), to praise, laud, eulogize, extol, celebrate in song or hymns (in ritual,"to chant" , with locative case of the text from which the sāman- comes) etc. etc.: Passive voice stūy/ate- (Aorist astāvi-), to be praised or celebrated ; stāyamāna- mfn. being praised : Causal stāvayati- (Aorist atuṣṭavat- ; ṭuvat- ), to praise, celebrate ; (stāvayate-), to cause to praise or celebrate : Desiderative tuṣṭūṣati-, te- (past participle tuṣṭūṣita-), to wish to celebrate : Intensive toṣṭūyate-, toṣṭoti- grammar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stuSee su-ṣṭ/u- . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stu(prob. invented to serve as a root for the words below) , to be clotted or conglomerated ; to trickle. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stu(equals st/ukā-) in pṛthu-ṣṭu- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stubdhamfn. chanted, praised, hymned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stubh (connected with1. stu-and stumbh-) cl.1 P. () st/obhati- (only in present tense base;3. sg. stobdhi- ; parasmE-pada A1. -stubhāna- ; grammar also perfect tense tuṣṭubhe-; future stobhitā-etc.), to utter a joyful sound, hum, make a succession of exclamations, shout (especially applied to the chanted interjections in a sāman-) ; cl.1 A1. stobhate-, to pause, stop, cause to stop, paralyze etc. (stambhe-) : Causal stobhayati- (Aorist atuṣṭubhat-), to praise in successive exclamations, celebrate [ confer, compare English stop.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stubhmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') uttering joyful sounds, praising (see anu--, tri-ṣṭubh-, vṛṣa-stubh-etc.; according to to some stubh-in the first two compound means"stopping, pausing", the metre requiring regular stoppages or pauses;but see, anu-ṣṭubh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stubhf. joyful exclamation or cry, praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stubhm. a praiser View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stubham. Name of an agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stubham. a goat (see tubha-, st/abha-and stunaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stubhvanmfn. trilling, shouting, praising View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stuc cl.1 A1. stocate-, to be bright or propitious (prasāde-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stukam. (= next) in keśa-st- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stukāf. a knot or tuft of hair or wool, thick curl of hair (especially between the horns of a bull) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stukāf. (?) a hip, thigh (equals jaghana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stuka equals toka-, a child or young animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stukāsargamind. after the form of a curl or knot of hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stukāvinmfn. having tufts of hair, shaggy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stukīf. (varia lectio for śukī-) equals sloka-ghṛta-dhārā- (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stumbh (confer, compare stambh-and stubh-;in native lists written stunbh-) cl.5.9. P. stubhnoti-, stubhn/āti-, to stop, stupefy; expel ( ). ([ confer, compare English stop, stump-.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stumpSee pra-s-tump-, p.699. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stunakam. (see stubha-) a goat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stupam. (see stūpa-) a knot or tuft of hair etc. (See st/ukā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stuṣeyyamfn. (wrong reading stuveya-and stuṣepya-) praiseworthy, excellent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') praising, celebrating (See indra--, chandaḥ--, deva-stut-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutf. a hymn of praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutamfn. (for 2.See column 3) praised, eulogized, hymned, glorified, celebrated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutamfn. recited with praise (as a hymn) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutan. praise, eulogy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutan. (in ritual) equals stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutamfn. (for 1.See column 1) dripping, oozing (varia lectio sruta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutaśastran. dual number stotra- and śastra- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutaśastravatmfn. joined or connected with stotra- and śastra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutastoma(stut/a--) mfn. one whose praise has been sung, hymned, glorified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutasvāmikṣetran. Name of a sacred place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutavatmfn. having received praise, praised, celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutif. (instrumental case once in stutinā-,with varia lectio stutibhiḥ-) praise, eulogy, panegyric, commendation, adulation etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutif. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutif. of viṣṇu-
stutif. of the wife of pratihartṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutibhāgam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutibrāhmaṇaName of work (or of a man) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stuticandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutigītakan. a song of praise, panegyric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutikusumāñjalim. "handful of flowers"Name of a poem in praise of śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutimaṅgalan. plural praises and benedictions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutimantram. a song or hymn of praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutimatmfn. possessing or knowing hymns of praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutipadan. an object of praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutipāṭhakam. "praise-reciter", a panegyrist, bard, herald (especially of a prince, = 1. bandin-1) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutipriyamfn. fond of praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutiśabdam. a word of praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutisāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutiśastra wrong reading for stuta-ś- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutiśīlamfn. skilful in praise (varia lectio śruti-ś-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutisūktimālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutiṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutivacanan. () laudatory speech, eulogy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutivacasn. () laudatory speech, eulogy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutivādam. () laudatory speech, eulogy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutivratam. "one whose duty is praise", a bard etc. (see -pāṭhaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutyamfn. to be praised, laudable, praiseworthy etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutyāf. a particular fragrant bark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutyāf. alum-slate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutyatvan. praise worthiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutyavratam. Name of a son of hiraṇya-retas- and the varṣa- ruled by him View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stuvam. or n. (?) a particular part of the head of a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stuvānamfn. praising ("being praised") . See root, column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stuvatmfn. (pr.p.) praising etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stuvatm. a praiser, worshipper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stuveya stuṣeyya- See p.1259. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stuvim. a praiser, worshipper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stuvim. a sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiprastuto praise with a stoma- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisaṃstu(pr. p. -stuvat-) to praise highly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisaṃstutamfn. highly praised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajastundan. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣastuṣam. Beleric Myrobalan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alaṃkārakaustubham. work on rhetoric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amastumfn. without thickened milk or sour cream View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antastuṣāramfn. having dew in the interior. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anūnavastukamfn. complete in substance or essence, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprastutamfn. unconnected with, irrelevant, unsuitable to the time or subject View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprastutamfn. not principal, not being the chief subject-matter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprastutamfn. indirect, accidental or extraneous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprastutamfn. not laudable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprastutapraśaṃsā f. "conveying the subject-matter by that which is not the subject-matter", (in rhetoric) implied or indirect expression. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprastutastutif. "conveying the subject-matter by that which is not the subject-matter", (in rhetoric) implied or indirect expression. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyavāstuka m. Name of a plant. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyavastukam. Name of a plant. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
argalāstutif. a hymn introductory to the devīmāhātmya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
argalāstutistotran. a hymn introductory to the devīmāhātmya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arkastubhmfn. singing hymns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃstutamfn. idem or 'mfn. unknown, unacquainted, not on terms of friendship (varia lectio)' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astu(3. sg. Imper.) , let it be, be it so View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astuthere must be or should be (implying an order). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astuexistence, reality (= asti-- bhāva-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstubhP. -stobhati-, to receive or attend with shouts of joy ; to huzza to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astuṃkāramfn. "one who says astu-, conceding, assenting unwillingly ", or"ordering" commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astutamfn. not praised (by a hymn) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astutamfn. not recited (as a hymn) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astutamfn. not liked, not popular View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astutimfn. not praising anybody View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astutyamfn. not to be praised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astuvidmfn. knowing that anything must be done View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atistutif. excessive praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmastutif. idem or 'm. self-praise ' (see stutīr-[acc. plural ] ātmanaḥ- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avastun. a worthless thing , insubstantiality, the unreality of matter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avāstumfn. having no home View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avastutāf. insubstantiality, unreality: View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avastutvan. ([ ]) insubstantiality, unreality: View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayastuṇḍamfn. having an iron point View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhyavastun. external wealth or riches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balbajastukāf. a bunch or tuft of balbaja- grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavannāmasmaraṇastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavatīstutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhakṣyavastun. edible matter, victuals, viands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṭṭakaustubham. or n. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvārthakaustubhan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhīṣmastutif. Name of a stotra- from the and from the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhogavastun. an object of enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūpatistutif. Name of a hymn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūstutif. Name of hymns. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmagāthāstutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇastutif. "praise of the brāhmaṇa-", Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmastutif. Name of a hymn of praise (also ti-stotra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhatkaustubhālaṃkāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandaḥstubhmfn. idem or 'mfn. praising in hymns ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandaḥstutmfn. praising in hymns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dānakaustubhamn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dānastutif. "praise of liberality", Name of a kind of hymn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dehalīśastutif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devanāyakastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devastutmfn. praising the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devīstutif. Name of stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devīsvarūpastutif. Name of stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmācāryastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhruvastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhustura() and tūra- ( ; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' also raka-) thorn-apple (see dhattūra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dikpālastutif. (in dramatic language) praise of the guardians of the world (a kind of introductory ceremony). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgāstutif. "praise of durgā-", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇeśastutif. a hymn in honour of gaṇeśa- by rāghava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṅgāstutif. "Ganges-praise", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gharmastubhmfn. shouting in the heat (the marut-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghṛtastutif. "praise of ghee", Name of the hymn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāvastutm. ()"praising the soma- stones", one of the 16 priests (called after the hymn[ ] addressed to the soma- stones) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāvastutm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇastutif. equals -ślāghā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haimāṅgikīgaurāṅgadevastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haristutif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harivāyustutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyastutif. a particular hymn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indrastut m. "praise of indra-" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indrastutm. Name of particular hymns to indra- in certain ceremonies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣaḥstutmfn. praising comfort or prosperity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jinastutif. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kādikramastutif. Name of work attributed to śaṃkarācārya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapilavastun. Name of the town in which śākyamuni- or buddha- was born. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryavastun. anything that has to be done, aim, object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṣṭhavāstukan. a sort of spinage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaustubhamn. (see kust-), Name of a celebrated jewel (obtained with thirteen other precious things at the churning of the ocean and suspended on the breast of kṛṣṇa- or viṣṇu-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaustubham. a manner of joining the fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaustubham. equals kiṃtughna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaustubhan. a kind of oil (sarṣapodbhava-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaustubhan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaustubhabhṛtm. "wearing the kaustubha-", idem or 'm. "abode of the kaustubha-", viṣṇu- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaustubhadhāmanm. "abode of the kaustubha-", viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaustubhadūṣaṇan. Name (also title or epithet) of a vedānta- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaustubhalakṣaṇam. "whose mark is the kaustubha-" idem or 'm. "wearing the kaustubha-", idem or 'm. "abode of the kaustubha-", viṣṇu- ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaustubhavakṣasm. "whose breast is decorated with the kaustubha-" idem or 'm. "whose mark is the kaustubha-" idem or 'm. "wearing the kaustubha-", idem or 'm. "abode of the kaustubha-", viṣṇu- ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaustubhīyamfn. relating or belonging to the kaustubha- jewel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaustubhorasm. idem or 'm. "whose breast is decorated with the kaustubha-" idem or 'm. "whose mark is the kaustubha-" idem or 'm. "wearing the kaustubha-", idem or 'm. "abode of the kaustubha-", viṣṇu- ' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśastukam. a lock of hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiṃstughnaSee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiṃstughnamn. equals kiṃ-tu-ghna- (below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kramastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇastutif. Name (also title or epithet) of hymn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudravāstukīf. a variety of Chenopodium
kustubham. (derived fr. kaustubha-), Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kustukam. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kustumbarīf. the plant coriander (see tumburī-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kustumbarum. Name of one of kubera-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kustumburum. idem or 'f. the plant coriander (see tumburī-.)' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kustumburum. (sa-k-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kustumburun. the seed of coriander View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvāyustutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīstutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhavastutif. Name of two hymns (from the ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhvastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvastun. Name of a non-canonical work of northern Buddhism View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvāstun. great space View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvāstumfn. occupying great space View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāviṣṇormahāstutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāviṣṇustutiṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mallavāstun. Name of a place (see māllavāstava-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manastuṣṭif. satisfaction of mind, heart's content View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānavavāstulakṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṅgalyavastun. any auspicious object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastun. sour cream etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastun. the watery part of curds, whey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastuluṅga m. n. the brain (see mastaka-luṅga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastuluṅgakam. n. the brain (see mastaka-luṅga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mayūrastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsākaustubhamn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithasturmfn. following one another, alternating (as day and night) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitrakaustubham. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mucukundastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mustumfn. equals -muṣṭi-, the closed hand, fist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mustuSee above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmadheyapādakaustubham. or n. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmakaustubham. or n. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāpitavāstun. a barber's dwelling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāpitavāstukamf(ī-)n. , vArttika View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narasiṃhastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāthastutif. Name of a poem (called also ātma-mandira-stotra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥstutimfn. praising nothing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nindāstutif. ironical praise, irony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirṇayakaustubhamn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistudP. -tudati- (Passive voice -tudyate-), to pierce, prick, sting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistulamfn. matchless, incomparable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistulamfn. varia lectio for -tala- (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistuṣamf(ā-)n. freed from chaff or husk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistuṣamf(ā-)n. (figuratively) purified, cleansed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistuṣamf(ā-)n. simplified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistuṣakṣīram. wheat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistuṣakṣīrinm. wheat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistuṣaratnan. crystal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistuṣatvan. equals nir-doṣatva- n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistuṣīkṛto free from husk id est lessen, diminish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistuṣitamfn. () freed from husk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistuṣitamfn. simplified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistuṣitamfn. abandoned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistutiSee niḥ-stuti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyakaustubhamn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyavastusāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcavastun. (?) , Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paradevatāstutif. Name of a hymn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramārthastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parameśvarastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paravastum. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parihāsavastun. an object of jest ( parihāsavastutā stu-tā- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parihāsavastutāf. parihāsavastu
parisaṃstu(only Passive voice pr. p. -stūyamāna-), to praise, celebrate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārśvanāthastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthastutif. Name of a stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthastutiṭīkāf. Name of the commentator or commentary on it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācīnaśivastutif. Name of an ancient hymn in praise of śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prādhānyatasstutimfn. prādhānyatas
prādhānyātstutimfn. prādhānyāt
prādhānyenastutimfn. prādhānyena
prahlādastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prākprastutamfn. mentioned before, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastuP. -stauti- (in also A1. -stavate-,with act. and pass. sense, and 1. sg. -stuṣe-), to praise before (anything else) or aloud etc. ; to sing, chant (in general, especially said of the prastotṛ-) ; to come to speak of introduce as a topic ; to undertake, commence, begin ; to place at the head or at the beginning : Causal -stāvayati-, to introduce as a topic, suggest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastubh(only pr. p. A1. -stubhān/a-,with pass. sense) , to urge on with shouts : Causal -stobhayati-, to greet with shouts ; to scoff, deride, insult View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastumpP. -tumpati- gaRa pāraskarādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutamfn. praised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutamfn. proposed, propounded, mentioned, introduced as a topic or subject under discussion, in question etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutamfn. commenced, begun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutamfn. (with infinitive mood,one who has commenced or begun ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutamfn. ready, prepared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutamfn. happened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutamfn. made or consisting of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutamfn. approached, proximate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutamfn. done with effort or energy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutan. beginning, undertaking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutan. (in rhetoric) the chief subject-matter, that which is the subject of any statement or comparison (equals upameya-; see , and tāṅkura-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutāṅkuram. a figure of, speech, allusion by the mention of any passing circumstance to something latent in the hearer's mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutatvan. the being a topic under discussion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastutayajñamfn. prepared for a sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastuti(pr/a--) f. praise, eulogium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāstutyan. (fr. -stuta-) the being propounded or discussed, M View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibuddhavastumfn. understanding the real nature of things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣṭhākaustubhamn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativastun. a counterpart, equivalent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativastun. anything given in return, anything contrasted with another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratustuṣuSee pra-stu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayogakaustubham. or n. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyamedhastutamfn. (priy/a-m-) praised by priya- (according to to equals priya-yajñair ṛṣibhiḥ stutaḥ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyavastun. a favourite object or topic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhavāstun. the upper story of a house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punaḥstutif. repeated praise, a repeated ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraścaraṇakaustubham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puravāstun. ground suitable for the foundation of a city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvyastutif. first cr principal praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājadharmakaustubham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājakaustubhan. equals -dharmakaustubha- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajasturmfn. penetrating the sky, hastening through the air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṅgavastun. any colouring substance, paint, dye View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rohitavastuName of a place (also read -vastra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛtastubhm. "praising properly or duly", Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śābarakaustubham. or n. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdakaustubham. Name of a gram. by īśvarī-prasāda- and of a commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdakaustubhadūṣaṇan. Name of a gram. work by bhāskara-dīkṣita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadācārastutistotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadhastutif. (sadh/a--) joint praise (when used as instrumental case = "with joint praise") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadhastutimfn. praised together (as indra- and agni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadhastutya(sadh/a--) n. joint praise or applause View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadvastun. an excellent work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadvastun. a good thing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadvastun. a good plot or story View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranāmastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrastuka(sah/asra-.) mf(ā-)n. having a thousand tufts or curls of hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrastutif. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakirīṭakaustubhamfn. having a diadem and breast-jewel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakrastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktivijayastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastavastuviṣayamfn. relating to the whole matter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgrahavastun. an element of popularity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṃkarastutif. Name of the 7th adhyāya- of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprastutamfn. ( stu-) ready to, prepared for (infinitive mood) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskārakaustubham. Name of work (or saṃskārakaustubhadīdhiti -dīdhiti- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskārakaustubhadīdhitif. saṃskārakaustubha
saṃstuP. -stauti-, to praise together with (instrumental case) ; to praise all at once, ; to praise properly or well, laud, celebrate ; etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstubhf. shout of joy (as Name of a metre) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstutamfn. praised or hymned together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstutamfn. praised, celebrated, extolled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstutamfn. counted together (as one stotra-), reckoned together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstutamfn. equal to, passing for (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstutamfn. acquainted familiar, intimate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstutakamfn. affable, condescending, civil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstutaprāyamfn. for the most part lauded or hymned together, associated in hymns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstutatvan. the being praised together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstutif. praise, eulogy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstutif. figurative mode of expression
saṃvatsarakaustubham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāravastun. a valuable or important thing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveśvarastutiratnamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sastutaśastramfn. joined with a stotra- and śastra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyanāthastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumyajāmātṛyogīndrastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhavastun. (prob.) a spelling-book View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sītāstutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivapraṇāmaśikṣāstutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaśikhariṇīstutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivastutif. Name of stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivāstutif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtisaṃskārakaustubham. Name of work
ṣoḍaśāyudhastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sṛgālavāstukam. a kind of potherb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīrāmastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīraṅganāyakīstutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīstutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgārakaustubham. Name of a rhetoric work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutistutif. (equals veda-stuti-) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitakaustubham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhavastu(?) , Name of a river (equals su-vāstu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukreśvarastutif. Name of 8 verses from the kāśī-khaṇḍa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryastutm. a particular ekāha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryastutif. praise of the sun (Name of various works.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sustutam. (see ṣṭuta-) Name of a son of supārśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvāstuf. Name of a river (Greek ;the modern Suwad) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvāstum. plural the inhabitants of the country near the river suvāstu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvāstukam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvastusampadmfn. having abundant wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svayamprastutamfn. self-praised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāvāśvastutamfn. praised by śyāvāśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tastuvan. Name of an antidote against poison (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tridamathavastukuśalam. "skilled in the threefold self-control (see -daṇḍa-) ", buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivastun. the triple object (viz. buddha-, dharma-, and saṃgha-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trividhadamathavastukuśalam. equals tri-dam- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tulyanindāstutimfn. indifferent with regard to blame or praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastuP. -stauti-, to invoke, celebrate in song, praise : ; (especially said of the hotṛ-) : Passive voice -stūyate-, to be praised or celebrated in song View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastutamfn. invoked, praised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastutam. (upa-stut/a-), Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastutam. plural the family of the above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastutif. celebration, invocation, praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastutyamfn. to be praised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrṇāstukāf. a tuft of wool View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyakaustubham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśvadevastutm. a particular ekāha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varāhastutif. Name of chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣāvastun. Name of a section in the vinaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuf. (for 2.See) becoming light, dawning, morning (genitive case v/astoḥ-,in the morning; v/astor vastoḥ-,every morning; v/astor asy/āḥ-,this morning; pr/ati v/astoḥ-,towards morning; dative case v/astave-See under2. vas-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastun. (for 1.See) the seat or place of (See kapila--, vraṇa-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastun. any really existing or abiding substance or essence, thing, object, article etc. (also applied to living beings exempli gratia, 'for example' ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastun. (in philosophy) the real (opp. to a-v-,"that which does not really exist, the unreal"; a-dvitīya-v-,"the one real substance or essence which has no second") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastun. the right thing, a valuable or worthy object, object of or for (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastun. goods, wealth, property (see -vinimaya-and -hāni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastun. the thing in question, matter, affair, circumstance etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastun. subject, subject-matter, contents, theme (of a speech etc.), plot (of a drama or poem) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastun. (in music) a kind of composition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastun. natural disposition, essential property View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastun. the pith or substance of anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastu1. 2. vastu-. See pp. 931 and 932. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstun. (m.only in ) the site or foundation of a house, site, ground, building or dwelling-place, habitation, homestead, house etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstun. an apartment, chamber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstum. Name of one of the 8 vasu-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstum. of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstu(prob.) f. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstun. the pot-herb Chenopodium Album View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstun. a kind of grain (see -maya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastubalan. the power of things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstubandhanan. the building of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastubhāvam. reality, truth (instrumental case plural"really") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastubhedam. an actual or essential difference View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastubhūtamfn. substantial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstucakran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstucandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstudevam. () the deity presiding over a house. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstudevatāf. () the deity presiding over a house. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastudharmam. sg. and plural the true nature of things ( vastudharmatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastudharmatvan. vastudharma
vastudharminmfn. dependent on the nature of a thing, objective View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuhamfn. left remaining on a (sacred) spot, remainder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuhānif. loss of substance or property View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuhomam. Name of work (see -yāga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstujamfn. home-bred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastujātan. the aggregate of things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstujñānan. knowledge of building, architecture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastukamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') = vastu-2, substance, essence (in an-ūna-v-,"of perfect substance or nature" ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastukan. Chenopodium Album View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstukamfn. left remaining on the sacrificial ground (see prec. and vāstu-ha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstukam. n. Chenopodium Album View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstukālam. the time suited for building a house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstukalpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstukarmann. house-building, architecture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstukaśākaṭa mfn. a field producing Chenopodium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstukaśākinamfn. a field producing Chenopodium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstukīf. a kind of vegetable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstukīrṇam. a kind of pavilion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastukośam. Name of a dictionary. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastukṛtamfn. practised, cherished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastukṣaṇātind. at the right moment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstulakṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstumadhyan. the centre of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstumaṇḍanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstumañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastumātran. the mere outline of any subject, skeleton of a discourse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstumayamf(ī-)n. (prob.) domestic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstumayamf(ī-)n. consisting of the grain called vāstu- (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstunaram. the archetype or ideal pattern of a house personified as a deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastunirdeśam. table of contents, register View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstunirmāṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupamfn. keeping the ground or homestead (when quitted by its owner) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupamfn. the tutelary deity of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastupālam. Name of a minister of king vīra-dhavala- (died A.D. 1241) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastupālam. of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupālam. the tutelary deity of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastupāṇimfn. holding the (necessary) things in one's hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuparīkṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupaśya(prob.) n. a particular brāhmaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastupatitamfn. become real or corporeal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupradīpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupraśamanan. the lustration or purification of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupraveśapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupūjanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupūjanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupūjāvidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupuruṣam. equals -nara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupuruṣavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasturacanāf. arrangement of matter, elaboration of a plot
vāstuṛcakam. or n. (?) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuśākan. a kind of vegetable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuśaktif. sg. and plural the power of things, force of circumstances ( vastuśaktitas -tas- ind.through the force of circumstances) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuśaktitasind. vastuśakti
vāstuśamana(or -saṃśamana- ) n. the purificatory ceremony performed on laying a foundation or on entering a new house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstusaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstusaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstusampādanan. the preparation of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstusaṃśamanīyamfn. relating to the lustration of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstusamuccayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstusanatkumāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuśāntif. equals -śamana- (also Name of various works.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuśāntipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuśāntiprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuśāntyādim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstusāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuśāsanan. a genuine or original edict View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuśāstran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstusaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuśiromaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstusthāpanan. the erection of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastusthitif. reality (instrumental case"in reality") , sāṃkhya-s. Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuśūnyamfn. devoid of reality, unreal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastutāf. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') the state of being the object of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastutāf. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastutantramfn. dependent on things, objective ( vastutantratva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastutantratvan. vastutantra
vastutasind. owing to the nature of things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastutasind. in fact, in reality, actually, verily, essentially View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastutattvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstutattvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastutattvaprakāśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastutvan. reality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuvatmfn. supplied with commodities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuvicāram. essential discrimination (personified) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuvicāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuvidhānan. house-building View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuvidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuvidyamfn. (fr. next) relating to architecture gaRa ṛg-ayanādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuvidyāf. "science in building", architecture
vāstuvidyākuśalamfn. versed in homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuvijñānaphalādeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuvijñānaratnakośam. Name of a dictionary (equals ratna-kośa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuvinimayam. exchange of goods, barter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuvivartamfn. the developing of the one real Essence (so as to create the illusory external world) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuvṛttan. the actual fact, real matter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuvṛttan. a beautiful creature View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuvyākhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuyāgam. a sacrifice performed before the building of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuyāgavidhestattvan. Name of work (giving the rules for the above sacrifice). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuyāgavidhitattvan. Name of work (giving the rules for the above sacrifice). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyustutif. Name of two hymns. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakaustubham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakaustubhaprabhāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedastutif. "praise of the veda-", Name of the 87th chapter of the 11th book of the bhāgavata-- purāṇa- (also called śruti-stuti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedastutikārikāf. a metrical paraphrase of the prec. work by vallabhācārya- (inculcating the doctrine of devotion as a means of salvation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedastutilaghūpāyam. Name of a commentator or commentary on the veda-stuti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinayakṣudrakavastun. Name of a Buddhist work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinayavastun. (with Buddhists) Name of a section of the works which treat of vinaya- (q.v)
viṣitastukamf(ā-)n. one who has loose or dishevelled hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣitastupamfn. one whose tuft of hair has been untied or loosened ( -stuga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇubhaktistutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupādādikeśāntastutif. Name of several works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇustutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvambharavāstuśāstran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarastutipārijātam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vītarāgastutif. Name of a jaina- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vraṇavastun. the place or seat of a wound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vraṇavastun. a part liable to ulcerate (as skin, flesh etc.) , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣastubhmfn. calling aloud (others"praising the mighty id est the gods") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyājastutif. (in rhetoric) "artful praise", praise or censure conveyed in language that expresses the contrary, indirect eulogy, ironical commendation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyākaraṇakaustubhamn. Name of gram. work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāsastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavastubhP. -stobhati-, to interpose certain sounds or interjections in chanting the sāma-veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñavāstun. equals -bhūmi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñavāstun. a particular ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāmunastutiṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāprastutamind. as already begun or commenced, at last, at length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāprastutamind. conformably to the circumstances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāstutind. stut- by stut- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāstutamind. equals -stomam- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāvastuind. according to the state of the matter, precisely, accurately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāvāstuind. in accordance with the site or ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yatikartavyagaṅgāstutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuddhavastun. an implement of war View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  		 36 results
     
stu स्तु 2 U. (स्तौति-स्तवीति, स्तुते-स्तुवीते; तुष्टाव-तुष्टुवे, अस्तावीत्- अस्तोष्ट, स्तोष्यति-ते, स्तोतुम्, स्तुत; desid. तुष्टूषति-ते; the स् of स्तु is changed to ष् after a preposition ending in इ or उ) 1 To praise, laud, eulogize, extol, glorify, celebrate; किं निन्दाम्यथवा स्तवामि कथय क्षीरार्णव त्वामहम् Bv. 1.41; Mu.3.16; Bk.8.92;15.7. -2 To celebrate or praise in song, to hymn, worship by hymns. -3 To praise in ऋक् verses set to music; इह एतौ स्तौतिशंसतिशब्दौ समाने$पि स्तुत्यर्थत्वे व्यवस्थितविषयौ । प्रगीतेषु मन्त्रवाक्येषु स्तौति- शब्दः अप्रगीतेषु शंसतिशब्दः ŚB. on MS.7.2.17.
stubh स्तुभ् I. 1 P (स्तोभति) 1 To praise. -2 To celebrate, extol, worship. -II. 1. Ā (स्तोभते) 1 To stop, suppress. -2 To paralyse, benumb, stupefy.
stubhaḥ स्तुभः A goat.
stuc स्तुच् 1 Ā. (स्तोचते) 1 To be bright, to shine, be pellucid. -2 To be propitious or pleased.
stukā स्तुका 1 A knot or braid of hair. -2 A bunch of curly hair between the horns of a bull. -3 Hip; thigh.
stukaḥ स्तुकः A collection of hair, a knot or braid of hair.
stumbh स्तुम्भ् 5, 9 P. (स्तुभ्नोति; स्तुभ्नाति) 1 To stop. -2 To benumb, stupefy. -3 To expel.
stunakaḥ स्तुनकः A goat.
stuta स्तुत p. p. [स्तु-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Praised, lauded, eulogized. -2 Flattered. -तः 1 Praising. -2 N. of Śiva.
stutiḥ स्तुतिः f. [स्तु-क्तिन्] 1 Praise, eulogy, commendation, laudation; स्तुतिभ्यो व्यतिरिच्यन्ते दूराणि चरितानि ते R.1.3. -2 A hymn of praise, panegyric; स्तुत्यं स्तुतिभिरर्थ्याभि- रुपतस्थे सरस्वती R.4.6. -3 Adulation; flattery, empty or false praise; भूतार्थव्याहृतिः सा हि न स्तुतिः परमेष्ठिनः R.1.33. -4 N. of Durgā. -Comp. -गीतम् a panegyric, hymn. -पदम् an object of praise. -पाठकः a panegyrist, an encomiast, a minstrel, bard, herald. -वादः a laudatory speech, panegyric. -व्रतः a bard.
stutya स्तुत्य a. Laudable, commendable, praiseworthy; R.4.6.
stutyā स्तुत्या 1 A particular fragrant bark. -2 Alumslate.
stuviḥ स्तुविः 1 A worshipper. -2 A sacrifice. स्तुषेण्य stuṣēṇya स्तुषेय्य stuṣēyya स्तुषेण्य स्तुषेय्य (Ved.) Best, excellent, praiseworthy.
ajastundama अजस्तुन्दम [अजस्य इव तुन्दम् अस्य सुट् निपातो$यम्] N. of a town, P.VI.1.155.
aprastuta अप्रस्तुत a. 1 Unsuitable to the time or subject, not to the point, irrelevant. -2 Absurd, nonsensical; रे गोरम्भ किमप्रस्तुतं लपसि Pt.1. -3 Accidental or extraneous. -4 Not ready. -Comp. -प्रशंसा a figure of speech which, by describing the अप्रस्तुत (what is not the subject-matter) conveys a reference to the प्रस्तुत or subject-matter; अप्रस्तुतप्रशंसा सा या सैव प्रस्तुताश्रया K. P. 1. It is of 5 kinds:- कार्ये निमित्ते सामान्ये विशेषे प्रस्तुते सति । तदन्यस्य वचस्तुल्ये तुल्यस्येति च पञ्चधा ॥ i. e. when the subject-matter is viewed (a) as an effect, information of which is conveyed by stating the cause; (b) when viewed as a cause by stating the effect; (c) when viewed as a general assertion by stating a particular instance; (d) when viewed as a particular instance by stating a general assertion; and (e) when viewed as similar by stating what is similar to it, See K. P. 1 and S. D.76 for examples.
upastu उपस्तु 2 U. 1 To praise, extol; उप त्वा नमस्म वयं होतर्वैश्वानर स्तुमः Av.3.15.7. -2 To invoke.
upastut उपस्तुत् f. Ved. Praise, invitation. उपस्तवः upastavḥ उपस्तुतिः upastutiḥ उपस्तवः उपस्तुतिः f. Invocation, praise.
kustubhaḥ कुस्तुभः 1 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 The ocean.
kaustubhaḥ कौस्तुभः [कुस्तुभो जलधिस्तत्र भवः अण्] 1 N. of a celebrated gem obtained with 13 other jewels at the churning of the ocean and worn by Viṣṇu on his breast; सकौस्तुभं ह्रेपयतीव कृष्णम् R.6.49;1.1. -2 A kind of oil. -3 A manner of joining the fingers. -4 A twist of hair on a horse's neck; कौस्तुभः स्याद्देवमणौ कण्ठा- वर्ते$पि वाजिनाम् Nm. -Comp. -लक्षणः, -वक्षस् m. -हृदयः epithets of Viṣṇu.
dhustu धुस्तु (स्तू) रः N. of a plant (= धत्तूर q. v.).
nistud निस्तुद् 1 P. To pierce, prick, sting. निस्तोदः निस्तोदनम् nistōdḥ nistōdanam निस्तोदः निस्तोदनम् Piercing, pricking, stinging; Suśr.
prastu प्रस्तु 2 U. 1 To praise. -2 To begin, commence; प्रापयन् मनसस्तुल्या यत्र तत् प्रस्तुतं रणम् Rām.7.22.8; प्रस्तूयतां विवादवस्तु M.1. -3 To cause, produce; यत्रालोकपथावतारिणि रतिं प्रस्तौति नेत्रोत्सवः Mv.2.45; also Māl.5.9. -4 To say, relate, propound. -Caus. 1 To relate, allude to, tell; शाकुन्तलादीनितिहासवादान् प्रस्तावितानन्यपरैर्वचोभिः Māl.3.3; अथापृच्छदृषिस्तत्र कश्चित् प्रस्तावयन् कथाः Mb.1.1.6. -2 To begin, commence.
prastuta प्रस्तुत p. p. 1 Praised, eulogized. -2 Begun, commenced. -3 Accomplished, done, effected. -4 Happened. -5 Approached. -6 Proposed, declared, under discussion, taken in hand. -7 Expected, desired. -8 Ready, prepared. -9 Executed with effort of energy. -1 Made or consisting of. -तम् 1 The matter in hand, the subject under discussion or consideration; अपि स्मरति नः साधो गोविन्दः प्रस्तुते क्वचित् Bhāg.1.47.42; अधुना प्रस्तुतमनुस्रियताम्. -2 (In Rhet.) Forming the subject of discussion, the उपमेय; see प्रकृत; अप्रस्तुतप्रशंसा सा या सैव प्रस्तुताश्रया K. P.1. -Comp. -अङ्कुरः a figure of speech in which a reference is made to a passing circumstance to bring out something latent in the hearer's mind; see Chandr.5.64. and Kuval. under प्रस्तुताङ्कुर.
prastutiḥ प्रस्तुतिः f. Ved. Praise, eulogium.
prāstutyam प्रास्तुत्यम् Being under discussion.
mastu मस्तु n. 1 Sour cream. -2 Whey. -Comp. -लुङ्गः, -गम्, -लुङ्गकः, -कम् the brain.
mustuḥ मुस्तुः The closed hand, fist.
vastu वस्तु n. [वस्-तुन् Uṇ.1.71] 1 A really existing thing, the real, a reality; वस्तुन्यवस्त्वारोपो$ज्ञानम् -2 A thing in general, an object, article, substance, matter; अथवा मृदु वस्तु हिंसितुं मृदुनैवारभते कृतान्तकः R.8.45; किं वस्तु विद्वन् गुरवे प्रदेयम् 5.18;3.5; वस्तुनीष्टे$प्यनादरः S. D. -3 Wealth, property, possessions. -4 Essence, nature, natural or essential property. -5 Stuff (of which a thing in made), materials, ingredients (fig. also); आकृतिप्रत्ययादेवैनामनूनवस्तुकां संभावयामि M.1. -6 The plot (of a drama), the subjet-matter of any poetic composition; कालिदासग्रथितवस्तुना नवेनाभिज्ञानशकुन्तलाख्येन नाटकेनोप- स्थातव्यमस्माभिः Ś.1; अथवा सद्वस्तुपुरुषबहुमानात् V.1.2; आशीर्नमस्क्रियावस्तुनिर्देशो वापि तन्मुखम् S. D.6; Ve.1; Rām.1.3.1. -7 The pith of a thing. -8 A plan, design. -9 (In music) A kind of composition. -f. Ved. A day (?) -Comp. -अभावः 1 absence of reality. -2 loss of property or possessions. -उत्थापनम् the production of any incident in a drama by means of magic, conjuration; see S. D.42. -उपमा a variety of Upamā according to Daṇḍin who thus illustrates it:-- राजीवमिव ते वक्त्रं नेत्रे नीलोत्पले इव । इयं प्रतीयमानैकधर्मा वस्तूपमैव सा ॥ Kāv.2.16; (it is a case of Upamā where the साधारण- धर्म or common quality is omitted). -उपहित a. applied to a proper object, bestowed on a proper material; क्रिया हि वस्तूपहिता प्रसीदति R.3.29. -कृत a. practised, cherished; Buddh. -कोशः N. of a dictionary. -क्षणात् ind. at the right moment. -जातम् the aggregate of things. -तन्त्र a. objective. -निर्देशः table of contents, register. -पतित a. being real. -पुरषः the hero (नायक); सद्वस्तुपुरुषबहुमानात् V.1.2. -बलम् the power of things. -भावः reality, truth. -भूत a. substantial. -मात्रम् the mere outline or skeleton of any subject (to be afterwards developed). -रचना style, arrangement of matter. -विनिमयः barter. -विवर्तः (in phil.) the developing of the one real essence. -वृत्तम् 1 the real matter, fact. -2 a beautiful creature. -शक्तितस् ind. through the force of circumstances. -शासनम् a genuine edict. -शून्य a. unreal. -स्थितिः reality.
vastutas वस्तुतस् ind. 1 In fact; in reality, really, actually. -2 Essentially, virtually, substantially. -3 As a natural consequence, as a matter of course, indeed. -4 In fine.
vastukam वस्तुकम् Chenopodium Album (Mar. चाकवत, चन्दनबटवा).
vāstu वास्तु m., n. [वस्-तुण् Uṇ.1.77] 1 The site of a house, building ground, site. -2 A house, an abode, a dwelling-place; रवेरविषये वास्तु किं न दीपः प्रकाशयेत् Subhāṣ. -3 A chamber. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. house-building, architecture; वास्तुकर्मानिवेशम् Rām.1.3.16. -कालः the time suited for building a house. -ज्ञानम् architecture. -देवता, -पालः the tutelary deity of a house. -यागः a sacrifice performed on the occasion of laying the foundation of a house. -विद्या architecture. -विधानम् house-building. -शमनम्, -संशमनम्, -शान्तिः f. a religious rite performed on the occasion of laying the foundation of a new house, particularly on the occasion of entering it. -संपादनम् the preparation of a house; Ms.3.225. -स्थापनम् the erection of a house.
vāstuka वास्तुक a. Left ramaining on the sacrificial ground; उवाचोत्तरतो$भ्येत्य ममेदं वास्तुकं वसु Bhāg.9.4.6.
vāstu वास्तु (स्तू) कम् Chenopodium Album (Mar. चाकवत).
saṃstu संस्तु 2 P. 1 To praise. -2 To extol, celebrate. -3 To praise in chorus. -4 To be acquainted with, be familiar or intimate with (chiefly in p. p. in this sense); अनेकशः संस्तुतमप्यनल्पा नवं नवं प्रीतिरहो करोति Śi.3.31; Ki.3.2; see संस्तुत.
saṃstuta संस्तुत p. p. 1 Praised, eulogized. -2 Praised together. -3 Agreeing together, harmonious. -4 Intimate, familiar; संकल्पनिर्वृतिषु संस्तुत एष दासः Māl.7.2. -5 Intended, aimed at; जयन्ति महतां संस्तुतापलापिन्यः कल्याणिन्यो नीतयः Māl.1.23/24. -6 Equal to; श्वविङ्बराहोष्ट्रखरैः संस्तुतः पुरुषः पशुः Bhāg.2.3.19.
saṃstutiḥ संस्तुतिः f. Praise, eulogy.
     Macdonell Vedic Search  		 4 results
     
stu stu praise, II. stáuti, ii. 33, 11; v. 83, 1. prá- praise aloud, i. 154, 2.
stuta stu-tá, pp. praised, ii. 33, 12.
stuvant stuv-ánt, pr. pt. praising, iv. 51, 7; vi. 54, 6.
vāstu vá̄s-tu, n. abode, i. 154, 6 [vas dwell: Gk. ϝάστυ]. ví, m. bird, i. 85, 7; viii. 29, 8; pl. N. váyas, x. 127, 4 [Av. vi-, Lat. avi-s].
     Macdonell Search  		 22 results
     
stukā f. tuft of hair, lock of wool, curly hair on a bull's forehead (V.): -vín, a. shaggy (RV.1).
stuka m. tuft of hair.
stupa m. tuft of hair (V.).
stut a. (--°ree;) praising; f. (V.) (hymn of) praise.
stuta pp. √ stu; n. praise: -sastrá, n. du. Stotra and Sastra.
stuti f. (hymn of) praise, laudation, panegyric, commendation: -gîtaka, n. song of praise: w. vaishnava, panegyric of Vishnu; -pâthaka, m. panegyrist; -vakas, n. praise.
stutya fp. to be praised, praiseworthy: -tva, n. praiseworthiness.
avastu n. worthless thing; nothing, the unreal: -tva, n. abst. n.
astuvid a. aware that something must be done.
astuta pp. unpraised; unrecited.
astutya fp. unpraiseworthy.
kaustubha m. n. jewel produced at the churning of the ocean, an ornament of Vishnu; -bhrit, m. ep. of Vishnu.
upastuti f. invocation.
dhūstuṇḍa n. extreme end of the pole.
nistuṣa a. unhusked; purified, pure; -trish, a. satisfied.
prastuta pp. begun; propounded, under discussion, in question: -tva, n. state of being under discussion, -½a&ndot;kura, m. figure in which allusion is made to a passing cir cumstance, hinting at something analogous present in the mind; (á)stuti, f. praise.
mastuluṅga m. n. brain.
mastu n. sour cream.
vastu n. (C.) place (rare); thing, substance, object; really existing thing; right thing, worthy object; object of (--°ree;); matter, circumstance; subject, subject-mat ter, plot, theme, contents; °ree;--, in reality: -ka, a. (--°ree;) having -as contents (anûna-, of weighty contents, extraordinary); -gâta, n. the aggregate of things; -tantra, a. depen dent on things, objective; -tas, ad. in reality; -tâ, f. being the object of (--°ree;); reality: in. in reality; -dharma, m. sg. & pl. true nature of things; -bhâva, m. reality: in. pl. in reality; -bheda, m. actual or essen tial difference; -rakanâ, f. elaboration of a plot; -vritta, n. actual fact; -sakti, f. sg. & pl. force of circumstances: -tas, ad. by the --; -sâsana, n. original edict; -sûnya, a. devoid of reality, unreal.
vastu f. (V.) growing light, dawn ing; morning: vástoh, g. in the morning; vástor vastoh, every morning; vástor as y&asharp;h, this morning; práti vástoh, towards morning.
vāstu m. (only P.), n. [√ 3. vas] dwell ing-place, homestead, house; apartment (rare): -karman, n. building of a house; -gñâna, n. knowledge of building, architecture; -pa rîkshâ, f.examination of the building site; -pâla, m. tutelary genius of the house; -pu rusha, m. genius regarded as prototype of the house; -vidhâna, n. building of a house; -sampâdana, n. preparation of a site; -sthâ pana, n.erection of a house; -ha, a. left re maining on the spot; n. (?) remainder.
sadhastuti f. joint praise (RV.); (á)-stha, a. present (V., rare); n. (V.) place, abode, home; space.
     Vedic Index of
     Names and Subjects  		 7 results
     
stupa Means 'tuft of hair' in the Vāj'asaneyi Sarphitā and the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. See Stukā.
upastuta Is mentioned several times in the Rigveda, always as a sage of old, and usually in connexion with Kanva, who was aided or favoured by Agni, the Aśvins, and other gods. The Upastutas, sons of Vystihavya, are mentioned as singers.
tastuva As the Paippalāda recension has it, is the name of a remedy against snake poison, and is mentioned along with Tābuva in the Atharvaveda.
mastu In the Yajurveda Samhitās and the Brāhmaṇas denotes ‘ sour curds.’
vastu As a designation of time is the ‘early morning ’ in the Rigveda.
vāstupaśya According to Bohtlingk a name of a Brāh­maṇa, is a mere error for Vāstupasya in the Jaiminiya Brāhmaṇa.
suvāstu (‘Having fair dwellings ’) is the name of a river in the Rigveda. It is clearly the Soastos of Arrian and the modern Swāt, a tributary of the Kubhā (Kabul river) which is itself an affluent of the Indus.
       Bloomfield Vedic
         Concordance  		 926 results
     
ā stutāso maruto viśva ūtī RV.7.57.7a.
agniṃ stuhi daivavātaṃ devaśravaḥ RV.3.23.3c.
anehasaḥ stubha etc. see anehasa etc.
anu ṣṭuvanti pūrvathā RV.8.3.8d; 15.6b; AVś.20.61.3b; 99.2d; SV.2.232b,924d; VS.33.97d.
api ṣṭutaḥ savitā devo astu RV.7.38.3a.
arvāk stutaṃ yadi vātiṣṭutaṃ yat Lś.2.1.6b.
asmākaṃ stuvatām uta RV.6.54.6c.
asya stutiṃ jaritur bhikṣamāṇāḥ RV.10.31.5c.
asya stuṣe mahimaghasya rādhaḥ RV.1.122.8a.
athāhaṃ stūyamānasya BDh.2.2.4.26c.
avasyate stuvate kṛṣṇiyāya RV.1.116.23a.
ayaṃ stuto rājā vandi vedhāḥ RV.10.61.16a.
ayaṃ stuvāna āgamat AVś.1.8.2a; AVP.4.4.10a.
dhātāra stuvate vayaḥ RV.8.7.35c.
dūregavyūtī stuvann emy ugrau AVś.4.28.3b. See dūrehetī.
iha stutaḥ sadhamād astu śūraḥ RV.4.21.1b; VS.20.47b.
iha stutaḥ sutapā bodhi no vṛdhe RV.10.100.1b.
indraḥ stuvantaṃ stavitāram indraḥ MS.4.14.7b: 225.5.
indraṃ stuhi vajriṇaṃ somapṛṣṭham (TB. sto-) MS.4.14.12a: 235.13; TB.2.8.4.1a.
indravantaḥ studhvam see prec. but one.
iti stutāso asathā riśādasaḥ RV.8.30.2a.
itthā stuvato adrivaḥ RV.8.13.26b.
itthā stuvato aśvinā RV.8.85.6b.
kāmaṃ stutvod ahaṃ bhideyam AVś.9.2.2d.
kṛṣṇasya stuvato narā RV.8.85.4b.
mahī stuṣe vidatheṣu pracetasā RV.1.159.1b.
ni stuvānasya (AVP. niṣṭuvānasya) pātaya AVś.1.8.3c; AVP.4.4.9c.
nū ṣṭuta indra nū gṛṇānaḥ RV.4.16.21a; 17.21a; 19.11a; 20.11a; 21.11a; 22.11a; 23.11a; 24.11a. P: nū ṣṭuta AB.6.23.4; GB.2.6.5.
oṃ stuta (Aś. studhvam) Aś.5.2.12; śś.6.8.7; Apś.14.10.1. Cf. stuta, and studhvam.
prārya stuṣe tuvimaghasya dānam RV.5.33.6d.
prātaḥsavana stuta ekaviṃśaḥ GB.1.5.23a.
prayantārā stuvate rādha indra RV.4.21.9b; MS.4.12.3b: 186.13.
ṛgbhi stuvanto ahar-ahaḥ pṛthivyāḥ GB.1.5.24c.
tasyai stuhi Apś.12.17.13.
upa stuhi taṃ nṛmṇām athadrām (?) TA.1.6.3d. See apa snehitīr.
upa stuhi pṛṣadaśvāṃ ayāsaḥ RV.5.42.15d.
upa stuhi prathamaṃ ratnadheyam RV.5.42.7a. Cf. BṛhD.5.38.
ūrdhvaṃ stūpaṃ dadate pūtadakṣaḥ RV.1.24.7b.
uta stutāso maruto vyantu RV.7.57.6a.
uta stuto maghavā śaṃbhaviṣṭhaḥ RV.1.171.3b.
uta stuṣe viṣpardhaso rathānām RV.8.23.2c.
yadi stutaṃ yadi vādya suṣṭutam Lś.2.1.6a.
yadi stutasya maruto adhītha RV.7.56.15a.
aṃśunā te aṃśuḥ # VS.20.27a; TS.1.2.6.1a. Ps: aṃśunā te aṃśuḥ pṛcyatām Apś.10.24.5; aṃśunā te Kś.19.1.21. (Mahīdh., anuṣṭubh, but pṛcyatām is enclitic).
aṃśuś cāsya punar āpīno astu # Mś.2.5.4.24b.
akṣataṃ cāriṣṭaṃ cāstu # Mś.11.9.3.32; Karmap.1.4.6.
akṣan # śś.6.1.15. Cf. aghan, and aghasan. Also aghat, ghasat, ghasan, ghastu, and ghasantu.
akṣayya # śG.4.2.5; 4.12; YDh.1.242,251. Cf. Karmap.1.4.7. Rāmacandra's Paddhati to śG.4.2.5: adogotrasyāsmatpitur amuṣyāsmiñ chrāddhe yad dattaṃ tad akṣayyam astu. In Mahābh.13.23.36 akṣayyam is the felicitation to a vaiśya.
agna iḍā nama iḍā nama ṛṣibhyo mantrakṛdbhyo mantrapatibhyo namo vo astu devebhyaḥ # Aś.8.14.18; ā. (Introd.).
agnayaḥ sagarā stha sagareṇa nāmnā raudreṇānīkena pāta māgnayaḥ pipṛta māgnayo gopāyata mā namo vo 'stu mā mā hiṃsiṣṭa # Vait.18.8. P: agnayaḥ sagarā stha Vait.18.13. See next two.
agnayaḥ sagarāḥ sagarā agnayaḥ sagarāḥ stha sagareṇa nāmnā pāta māgnayaḥ pipṛta māgnayo namo vo astu mā mā hiṃsiṣṭa # Aś.5.3.15. See prec. and next.
agnayaḥ sagarāḥ sagarā stha sagareṇa nāmnā raudreṇānīkena pāta māgnayaḥ pipṛta māgnayo gopāyata mā namo vo 'stu mā mā hiṃsiṣṭa # VS.5.34; (omitting gopāyata mā) VSK.5.8.5; (omitting māgnayo gopāyata and writing astu for 'stu) śś.6.13.1. P: agnayaḥ sagarāḥ Kś.9.8.24. See prec. two.
agnir asi vaiśvānaro namas te 'stu mā mā hiṃsīḥ # Lś.9.7.16.
agnir āgnīdhrāt triṣṭubhaḥ svargād ṛtunā somaṃ pibatu # AVś.20.2.2. See under prec.
agnir upadraṣṭā vāyur upaśrotādityo 'nukhyātā sādhutāṃ pratijānīte sādhu asmā astu vitatha eṣa enasaḥ # ApDh.2.3.6.2. Cf. under tasya me 'gnir.
agnir naḥ suṣṭutīr upa # AVś.6.35.1c; VS.18.72c; Aś.8.11.4c; śś.2.5.3c. Cf. agnir ukthena.
agnir vai ketādityaḥ suketā tau prapadye tābhyāṃ namo 'stu tau mā purastād gopāyetām # PG.3.4.14.
agniḥ śarīraṃ veveṣṭu # AVś.2.12.8c; AVP.2.5.7c.
agniṣ ṭvā gāyatryā sayuk chandasārohatu savitoṣṇihā somo 'nuṣṭubhā bṛhaspatir bṛhatyā mitrāvaruṇau paṅktyendras triṣṭubhā viśve devā jagatyā # AB.8.6.3.
agnis tṛpyatu # śG.4.9.3; 6.6.10. Cf. agniṃ tarpayāmi. Cf. also for the series of formulas in śG.4.9.3 the corresponding passage of the śāmbavya-Gṛhya, Ind. Stud. xv. 153.
agniḥ sātā upastutam # RV.1.36.17d.
agnīn neṣṭur upastham ā sīda # TS.6.5.8.5; śB.4.4.2.17; Kś.10.6.20; Apś.13.14.11; 14.1.7.
agne janāmi suṣṭutim # RV.8.43.2c; TS.1.3.14.5c; KS.10.12c.
agner apnasaḥ samid astu bhadrā # RV.10.80.2a.
agne vāstūni nir daha tvam # AVś.9.2.4d.
agne vāstūny anunirdaha tvam # AVś.9.2.9d.
agneś ca dīrgham āyur astu devāḥ # RV.10.51.8d; N.8.22d.
agneṣ ṭe tvaṣṭur varuṇāt # AVP.11.1.13a.
aṅgirasāṃ sāmabhi stūyamānaḥ # RV.1.107.2b.
achāvākaḥ saha grāvastutaikam # GB.1.5.24b.
achidyamānā jaradaṣṭir astu te # AVś.8.2.1b.
ajātaśatruḥ syonā no astu # AVP.15.2.2d; TS.4.4.12.4d; MS.3.16.4d: 189.5; Aś.4.12.2d. See prec.
ataḥ pāhi stavamāna stuvantam # RV.1.147.5c.
atyāyātaṃ nivataḥ # śś.15.8.20. Comm. adds udvataś śa, and designates it as sauparṇī. It does not occur in the Suparṇādhyāya (ed. Grube, 1875; cf. Ind. Stud. xiv. 1 ff.).
atrer iva śṛṇutaṃ pūrvyastutim # RV.8.35.19a.
atha yajñiyaṃ madhumad astu no 'nnam # AVś.6.116.1d.
atho astu tanūbalam # AVś.9.4.20b.
atho tanūr eva tanvo astu bheṣajam # ā.1.3.4.15. Cf. athā te yajñas.
atho pinaṣṭi piṃṣatī # RV.1.191.2d. See ghuṇān pinaṣṭu.
adha sma (MS. smā) te vrajanaṃ kṛṣṇam asti (MS. kṛṣṇam astu; KS. -nam astu kṛṣṇam) # RV.7.3.2d; SV.2.570d; VS.15.62d; TS.4.4.3.3d; MS.2.8.14d: 118.10; KS.17.10d; JB.3.207; śB.8.7.3.12d.
adhā te vaśmi suṣṭutim # RV.8.1.16d.
adhā bhagena samidho no astu # AVP.10.6.3d.
adhṛṣṭo va etavā astu panthāḥ # RV.10.108.6c.
adhvanām adhvapate namas te astu mā mā hiṃsīḥ # Apś.11.14.9.
adhvaro yajño 'yam astu devāḥ # TS.3.1.9.3a; Apś.12.20.20. See next.
adhvaro 'yaṃ (KSṃś. adhvaryo 'yaṃ) yajño astu (Mś. 'stu) devāḥ # KS.35.7a; Apś.14.27.7a; Mś.2.3.8.4a. See prec.
adhvaryo kiṃ stutaṃ stotraṃ hotā prātaranuvākenānvaśaṃsīt # JB.1.76; ṣB.1.4.7.
anarśarātiṃ (JB. alaṃṣirātiṃ) vasudām upa stuhi # RV.8.99.4a; AVś.20.58.2a; JB.3.261a; N.6.23. See alarṣirātiṃ.
anavaso anabhīśū rajastūḥ # RV.6.66.7c.
anāgā babhro ayam astu vīraḥ # AVP.2.61.2a.
anihūtaṃ parihūtaṃ pariṣṭutam # HG.1.16.17a.
anu no mārṣṭu (VSṭS.śBṭA. anu mārṣṭu) tanvo (TS. tanuvo) yad viriṣṭam (VSṭS.KS.śBṭA.KA.śś. viliṣṭam) # AVś.6.53.3d; VS.2.24d; 8.14d; TS.1.4.44.2d; MS.1.3.38d: 44.9; 4.14.17d: 247.5; KS.4.12d; śB.1.9.3.6d; 4.4.3.14d; 4.8d; TA.2.4.1d; KA.1.198.4d; śś.4.11.6d.
anu mārṣṭu etc. # see anu no mārṣṭu.
anuṣṭuk etc. # see anuṣṭup.
anuṣṭup chanda indriyam # VS.21.14c; MS.3.11.11c: 158.3; KS.38.10c; TB.2.6.18.2c. Cf. anuṣṭubhaṃ etc.
anuṣṭup te 'bhigaraḥ # VS.8.47; VSK.8.22.1; śB.11.5.9.7. P: anuṣṭup te Kś.12.5.17.
anuṣṭup (TS. anuṣṭuk) paṅktyā saha # VS.23.33b; TS.5.2.11.1b; MS.3.12.21b: 167.3; KSA.10.5b.
anuṣṭup (TB. anuṣṭuk) paṅktyai (Mś. paṅktaye) # TB.3.7.6.2; Apś.3.18.4; Mś.5.2.15.2. See next, and anuṣṭub bṛhatyai.
anuṣṭub bṛhatyai # Vait.1.18. See under anuṣṭup paṅktyai.
anuṣṭub (KS.GB.Vait. anuṣṭum) mitrasya (GB.Vait. mitrasya patnī) # MS.1.9.2: 132.5; KS.9.10; GB.2.2.9; Vait.15.3.
anuṣṭubha aiḍam (VSK. ailam) # VS.13.57; VSK.14.7.8; MS.2.7.19: 104.10; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.2.5. See anuṣṭubhaḥ svāram.
anuṣṭubhaṃ chanda indriyam # VS.28.26e; TB.2.6.17.2e. Cf. anuṣṭup chanda.
anuṣṭubhaṃ chandaḥ prapadye (KA. praviśāmi; Aś. anuṣṭubhaṃ prapadye) # MS.4.9.2: 122.13; KA.1.67; 2.67; Aś.1.4.9.
anuṣṭubhaṃ prapadye # see anuṣṭubhaṃ chandaḥ.
anuṣṭubhaḥ svāram # TS.4.3.2.2. See anuṣṭubha aiḍam.
anuṣṭum # see anuṣṭub.
anenāśvena medhyeneṣṭvāyaṃ rājāpratidhṛṣyo 'stu # TB.3.8.5.2; Apś.20.4.2; ... rājā vṛtraṃ vadhyāt TB.3.8.5.1; Apś.20.4.1; ... rājā sarvam āyur etu TB.3.8.5.4; Apś.20.4.4; ... rājāsyai viśo bahugvai bahvaśvāyai bahvajāvikāyai bahuvrīhiyavāyai bahumāṣatilāyai bahuhiraṇyāyai bahuhastikāyai bahudāsapuruṣāyai rayimatyai puṣṭimatyai bahurāyaspoṣāyai rājāstu TB.3.8.5.2; Apś.20.4.3. See prec.
aneno vo maruto yāmo astu # RV.6.66.7a.
anehasa (MS. anehasaḥ) stubha indro duvasyati # RV.3.51.3b; MS.4.12.3b: 184.1.
antarikṣaṃ tṛtīyaṃ pitṝn (śś. -kṣaṃ pitṝṃs tṛtīyaṃ) yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa (śś. aṣṭu) # AB.7.5.3; śś.3.20.4. See antarikṣaṃ manuṣyān, and manuṣyān antarikṣam.
antarikṣaṃ manuṣyān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu # ṣB.1.5.11. See under antarikṣaṃ tṛtīyaṃ.
antarikṣe (KS. antarikṣaṃ) viṣṇur vyakraṃsta traiṣṭubhena chandasā # VS.2.25; KS.5.5; śB.1.9.3.10,12; śś.4.12.3. See viṣṇur antarikṣe, and traiṣṭubhena chandasāntarikṣam.
antareme nabhasī ghoṣo astu # AVś.5.20.7a; AVP.9.27.8a.
antarhitaṃ me sāma prastutam # AVP.13.1.4a.
anti nūnam aśvinopastuteha # RV.5.76.2b; SV.2.1103b.
annaṃ vai dīdiviḥ prāṇo jāgṛvis tau prapadye tābhyāṃ namo 'stu tau mā paścād gopāyetām # PG.3.4.16.
annam ugrasya prāśiṣam astu vayi (?) # SMB.2.5.11. Cf. GG.4.6.10.
annaṃ payasvad bahulaṃ me astu # JG.1.23d.
anyas teṣāṃ paridhir astu kaś cit # RV.1.125.7c.
anyo babhrūṇāṃ prasitau nv astu # RV.10.34.14d.
apa snehitīr (SV. snīhitiṃ) nṛmaṇā adhatta (SV. adhad rāḥ; KS. nṛmaṇām adadhrām) # RV.8.96.13d; AVś.20.137.7d; SV.1.323d; KS.28.4d. See upa stuhi taṃ nṛmṇām.
apāko 'ciṣṭur yaśase purūṇi # VS.20.44b; MS.3.11.1b: 140.12; KS.38.6b; TB.2.6.8.4b.
apāmārgo 'pa mārṣṭu # AVś.4.18.7a; AVP.5.24.7a.
apnasvatī mama dhīr astu śakra # RV.10.42.3c; AVś.20.89.3c.
apsu dhūtasya deva soma te mativido nṛbhi ṣṭutastotrasya śastokthasyeṣṭayajuṣo (śś.8.9.4 omits nṛbhi ... -yajuṣo; Aś. nṛbhiḥ sutasya stuta...) yo 'śvasanir gosanir bhakṣas (Aś. yo bhakṣo gosanir aśvasanis) tasya ta upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Aś.6.12.11; śś.8.8.6; 9.4. See apsu dhautasya, and cf. yas te aśvasanir, and yo bhakṣo gosanir.
apsu dhautasya te deva soma nṛbhiḥ ṣṭutasya yas te gosanir bhakṣo yo aśvasanis tasya tā upahūtā upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # MS.1.3.39: 46.1. P: apsu dhautasya te deva soma Mś.2.5.4.10,31. See under apsu dhūtasya deva.
apsu dhautasya te deva soma nṛbhis stutasya yo bhakṣo gosanir yo 'śvasanis tasya ta upahūta upahūtasya bhakṣaṃ kṛṇomi # KS.4.13. P: apsu dhautasya te deva soma KS.29.3. See under apsu dhūtasya deva.
apsu dhautasya soma deva te nṛbhiḥ sutasyeṣṭayajuṣa stutastomasya śastokthasya yo bhakṣo aśvasanir yo gosanis tasya te pitṛbhir bhakṣaṃ kṛtasyopahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # TS.3.2.5.7. Ps: apsu dhautasya soma deva te Apś.13.20.11; apsu dhautasya soma deva Apś.13.17.9. See under apsu dhūtasya deva.
abhayaṃ vo 'bhayaṃ no astu (AB.Aś. me 'stu) # AB.7.12.8; Aś.2.5.19; śś.2.14.1. Cf. abhayaṃ te, abhayaṃ no astu, and abhayaṃ me astu.
abhayaṃ svar antarikṣaṃ no astu # AVP.1.27.1c. Cf. abhayaṃ naḥ karaty, and abhayaṃ no 'stūrv.
abhayaṃ te 'bhayaṃ no astu # śś.2.13.2,4,5,6. Cf. under abhayaṃ vo.
abhayaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī ihāstu naḥ # AVś.6.40.1a; AVP.1.27.2a. P: abhayaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī Kauś.59.26. Cf. next, and abhayaṃ mitrāvaruṇāv etc.
abhayaṃ no astu # MS.4.9.27: 139.1; KS.37.10; śś.1.4.5; śG.3.5.1. Cf. under abhayaṃ vo.
abhayaṃ no 'stūrv antarikṣam # AVś.6.40.1c. Cf. under abhayaṃ svar.
abhayaṃ mitrāvaruṇāv ihāstu naḥ (AG. -varuṇā mahyam astu) # AVś.6.32.3a; AG.3.10.11a. Cf. abhayaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī etc.
abhayaṃ me astu (AB. 'stu) # AB.8.9.12; Apś.6.7.2; 27.1; 24.11.2. Cf. under abhayaṃ vo.
abhi naḥ suṣṭutiṃ naya # TB.2.4.6.5c; Aś.2.10.14c.
abhisvartāro arkaṃ na suṣṭubhaḥ # RV.10.78.4d.
abhīśunā meyā āsan (AVP. meyo 'stu) # AVś.6.137.2a; AVP.1.67.4a.
abhy arcata suṣṭutiṃ gavyam ājim # AVś.7.82.1a. P: abhy arcata Vait.29.19; Kauś.59.15,19. See abhy arṣata.
abhy arṣata suṣṭutiṃ gavyam ājim (AVP. ājīm) # RV.4.58.10a; AVP.8.13.10a; VS.17.98a; KS.40.7a; Apś.17.18.1a. See abhy arcata, and cf. next, and next but two.
abhy arṣati suṣṭutim # RV.9.66.22b. Cf. under prec.
abhy arṣanti suṣṭutim # RV.9.62.3b; 63.6b; SV.2.182b. Cf. under abhy arṣata.
amaiva puṇyam astu naḥ # AVP.9.24.6c.
ayaṃ viśāṃ viśpatir astu rājā # AVś.4.22.3b; AVP.3.21.2b; TB.2.4.7.7b.
ayaṃ śāstādhipatir vo astu # TS.5.7.4.4b. Cf. ayaṃ cettādhipatir.
ayakṣmam anamīvaṃ te astu # AVP.5.28.7d.
ayaṃ kṣatreṇa prajayāstūgraḥ # AVP.15.12.8d.
ayaṃ cettādhipatir vo astu # AVP.1.53.4b. Cf. ayaṃ śāstādhipatir.
ayaṃ te astu haryataḥ # RV.3.44.1a; AB.4.3.2; ā.5.2.4.2; Aś.6.2.5; śś.18.11.3.
ayaṃ devā ihaivāstu # AVś.8.1.18a.
ayam annasyānnapatir astu vīraḥ # AVP.1.80.5.
ayam astu dhanapatir dhanānām # AVś.4.22.3a; AVP.3.21.2a.
ayam astu yaśastamaḥ # KS.7.14b.
ayam astu saṃgamano vasūnām # śG.1.7.9b; 3.4.2b.
ayaṃ purorā no asyāstu mūrdhā # AVP.1.74.1d--4d.
araṇyaṃ te pṛthivi syonam astu # AVś.12.1.11b.
ariṣṭyā avyathyai saṃveśāyopaveśāya gāyatryā (also triṣṭubho, jagatyā, anuṣṭubho, paṅktyā) abhibhūtyai svāhā # Apś.14.26.2. See next, and saṃveśāyo-.
ariṣṭyā avyathyai saṃveśāyopaveśāya gāyatryai chandase 'bhibhuve svāhā (also ... triṣṭubhe jagatyā anuṣṭubhe chandase 'bhibhuve svāhā) # KS.35.11. See under prec.
aruṇā vo vṛñje traiṣṭubhena chandasā # MS.4.2.11: 35.2.
arkeṇa sāma traiṣṭubhena vākam # RV.1.164.24b; AVś.9.10.2b.
arvadbhir astu tarutā # RV.1.27.9b; SV.2.767b.
arvāñcaṃ tvā puruṣṭuta # RV.8.6.45a; 32.30a.
alaṃṣirātiṃ vasudām upa stuhi # see anarśarātiṃ etc.
alarṣirātiṃ vasudām upa stuhi # SV.2.670a. See anarśarātiṃ.
alātṛṇāso vidatheṣu suṣṭutāḥ # RV.1.166.7b.
avantī devī suhavā me astu # TB.2.8.8.5d.
aviḍḍhi śūra dhiyā hi yā naḥ # Aś.6.3.1d. See AVś.2.5.4b, and cf. Ind. Stud. xīi. 145.
aśīti trīṇi ca saṃstutasya # GB.1.5.23d.
aśūnyopasthā jīvatām astu mātā # SMB.1.1.11c; PG.1.5.11c; ApMB.1.4.8c; HG.1.19.7c; JG.1.20c.
aśmavarma no 'stu # AVP.6.12.8--10; 6.13.1--3. See next.
aśvaṃ na stomam apturaṃ rajasturam # RV.9.108.7b; SV.1.580b; 2.744b.
aśvavān gomān ayam astu vīraḥ # AVP.2.52.1d. Cf. gomān aśvavān.
aśvānāṃ sadhastuti (TB. -tiḥ) # RV.5.18.5b; TB.2.7.5.2b.
aśvāvad goman mayy astu puṣṭam # Kauś.90.18. Metrical.
aśvinā pra stuvīmahi # RV.8.22.6d.
aśvinā sv ṛṣe stuhi # RV.8.26.10a.
asau svasti te 'stu # Apś.6.22.1 (ter).
asti hi ṣmā te śuṣminn avayāḥ # RV.1.173.12b; VS.3.46b; śB.2.5.2.28b. See astu sma.
astu śrauṣaṭ # TS.1.6.11.1,2 (bis),3,4; 3.3.7.2,3; MS.1.4.11: 59.20; 4.1.11: 14.16; 4.9.9: 129.3; KS.31.13; GB.1.3.10; 5.10,21; śB.1.5.2.16,18,20; 12.3.3.3; Aś.1.4.13; Vait.1.10; Kś.3.2.4; Apś.2.15.4; Mś.1.3.1.25; 2.3.7.13 (text astu śrauṣat).
astu śrauṣaṭ puro agniṃ dhiyā dadhe # RV.1.139.1a; SV.1.461a. P: astu śrauṣaṭ AB.5.12.5; Aś.8.1.12. Cf. BṛhD.4.7.
asmabhyaṃ sūraya stutāḥ # RV.4.37.7c.
asmā astu puṣkalaṃ citrabhānu # TB.2.7.15.3c. See asmin dhehi etc.
asmā astu suvīryam # TS.1.5.10.2d.
asmākaṃ śaṃso abhy astu dūḍhyaḥ # RV.1.94.8b; AVP.13.5.8b.
asmākaṃ suṣṭutīr upa # RV.8.17.4b; AVś.20.4.1b.
asmākaṃ gira uta suṣṭutiṃ vaso # RV.8.52 (Vāl.4).8c.
asmākam astu kevalaḥ # RV.1.7.10c; 13.10c; AVś.20.39.1c; 70.16c; AVP.5.4.9c; SV.2.970c; TS.1.6.12.1c; 3.1.11.1c; MS.4.11.4c: 170.10; 4.13.10c: 213.4; KS.8.17c; TB.2.4.3.2c.
asmākam astu carkṛtiḥ # RV.5.74.9b.
asmākam astu pitṛṣu svadhāvat # AVś.7.41.2d; AVP.2.60.3d.
asmin dhehi puṣkalaṃ citrabhānu # AVP.4.3.4c. See asmā astu etc.
asminn astu puṣkalaṃ citrabhānu # KS.37.9c.
asmin me yajña upa bhūyo astu # KS.31.14a. See next.
asmin yajñe puruṣṭuta # RV.8.76.7c.
asmin savane śacyā puruṣṭuta # RV.3.60.6b.
asmin su some 'vapānam astu te # RV.10.43.2d; AVś.20.17.2d.
asmin have suhavā suṣṭutiṃ naḥ # RV.6.52.16b.
asme astu bhaga indra prajāvān # RV.3.30.18d; KS.8.17d.
asme it sumnam astu vaḥ # RV.5.53.9d.
asme vām astu sumatiś caniṣṭhā # RV.7.70.5d. Cf. asme vo etc.
asme vīro marutaḥ śuṣmy astu # RV.7.56.24a.
asme vo astu sumatiś caniṣṭhā # RV.7.57.4d. Cf. asme vām etc.
asme sā vāṃ mādhvī rātir astu # RV.1.184.4a.
asmai devāḥ pradiśaj jyotir astu # AVP.1.19.2a. See asya devāḥ pradiśi.
asya devāḥ pradiśi jyotir astu # AVś.1.9.2a. See asmai devāḥ pradiśaj.
asrāmo dīrghāyur ayam astu vīraḥ # AVP.2.52.3d. See āyuṣmān dīrghāyur.
ahar vai gopāyamānaṃ rātrī rakṣamāṇā te prapadye tābhyāṃ namo 'stu te mā dakṣiṇato gopāyetām # PG.3.4.15.
ahiṃsrā naḥ pṛthivī devy (Kś. ahiṃsrā pṛthivī devī devy) astu # Kś.2.2.12d; Apś.3.19.3d; Kauś.137.11d.
ākūtiḥ satyā manaso me astu # RV.10.128.4b; AVś.5.3.4b; AVP.5.4.4b; TS.4.7.14.2b; KS.40.4b.
āgneyaṃ haviḥ prajananaṃ me astu # Apś.6.11.5a. See idaṃ haviḥ etc.
āghoṣayanto abhito mithasturaḥ # RV.10.76.6d.
āṅgirasānām ādyaiḥ pañcānuvākaiḥ svāhā # AVś.19.22.1. The entire chapter occurs also Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 46.9; cf. Ind. Stud. iv. 433.
ā chinadmi stukām iva # AVś.7.74.2d.
ājā na indra manasā puruṣṭuta # RV.1.102.3c.
ātmā vo astu saṃpriyaḥ # TS.4.2.4.1c; KS.7.12c; TB.1.2.1.17c.
ā tv adya sadhastutim # RV.8.1.16a.
ā tvā mantrāḥ kaviśastā vahantu # RV.10.14.4c; AVś.18.1.60c; TS.2.6.12.6c; MS.4.14.16c: 243.3. Cf. stutā mantrāḥ.
ātharvaṇānāṃ caturṛcebhyaḥ svāhā # AVś.19.23.1. The entire chapter occurs also Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 46.10; cf. Ind. Stud. iv. 433.
ādityair no bhāratī vaṣṭu yajñam # VS.29.8a; TS.5.1.11.3a; MS.3.16.2a: 184.12; KSA.6.2a.
ā na (śś. naḥ) stuta upa vājebhir ūtī # RV.4.29.1a; śś.12.3.13.
ā naḥ stuta etc. # see ā na stuta.
ānuṣṭubhasya chandaso 'gneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.16. See ānuṣṭubhena chandasā chandasāgneḥ, and ānuṣṭubhena chandasā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ.
ānuṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvat (KSṃS. chandasā) # VS.11.11; śB.6.3.1.41; MS.2.7.1: 74.18; KS.16.1. See ānuṣṭubhena tvā chandasādade.
ānuṣṭubhena chandasā chandasāgneḥ pārśvenāgneḥ pārśvam upadadhāmi # KS.22.5. See under ānuṣṭubhasya chandaso.
ānuṣṭubhena chandasā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devatayāgneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upa dadhāmi # TS.5.5.8.3. See ānuṣṭubhasya chandaso 'gneḥ, and mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devābhyāṃ.
ānuṣṭubhena chandasaikaviṃśena stomena vairājena sāmnā vaṣaṭkāreṇa vajreṇa sarvajān bhrātṛvyān adharān pādayāmi # Apś.13.18.9. Cf. gāyatreṇa (traiṣṭubhena, jāgatena) chandasā trivṛtā (pañcadaśena, saptadaśena) etc.
ānuṣṭubhena tvā chandasādade 'ṅgirasvat # TS.4.1.1.4. See ānuṣṭubhena chandasāṅgi-.
ā pavamāna suṣṭutim # RV.9.65.3a; SV.2.256a; JB.3.61a.
ā māśiṣo (MS. ām āśiṣo) dohakāmāḥ # MS.1.4.1a: 47.10; 1.4.5: 53.4; KS.5.3a; 32.3. See ā mā stutasya, ā mā stotrasya, and emā agmann āśiṣo.
ā mā stutasya stutaṃ gamyāt (Vait. gamet) # TS.3.2.7.1,3; Vait.17.8. See under ā māśiṣo.
āmikṣā ghṛtaṃ tad v asya retaḥ # AVś.9.4.4d. See āmikṣā mastu.
āmikṣā mastu ghṛtam asya yoniḥ (TS. retaḥ) # TS.3.3.9.2d; KS.13.9d; MS.2.5.10d: 61.18. See āmikṣā ghṛtaṃ.
āyuvai hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi tasyai stuhi tasyai me 'varuddhyai # Apś.13.11.1.
āyuṣe hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi (Apś. adds tasyai stuhi) tasyai me 'varuddhyai # MS.4.2.4: 26.9; Apś.13.11.1. P: āyuṣe hiṃkuru Mś.2.5.1.22.
āyuṣmac chiro astu me # KS.36.15b; TB.2.7.7.5b.
āyuṣmat kṣatram ajaraṃ te astu # AVś.6.98.2d. See ojasvat kṣatram.
āyuṣmad astu me mukham # KS.36.15a; TB.2.7.7.5a.
āyuṣmān ayaṃ jaradaṣṭir astu (VārG. yathāsat, followed by aham asau) # MG.1.21.6d; VārG.4.12d. See under āyuṣmān jaradaṣṭir.
āyuṣmān astu me patiḥ # PG.1.6.2c. See dīrghāyur astu me, ciraṃ jīvātu, and śataṃ varṣāṇi.
āyuṣmān dīrghāyur ayam astu vīro 'sau # śG.1.28.15f. See under prec., and aśrāmo dīrghāyur.
ārāt te agnir astu # ApMB.1.13.7a (ApG.3.9.3). See mā tvāśanir.
ārāt paraśur astu te # ApMB.1.13.7b. See mā tvāśanir.
āre gohā nṛhā vadho vo astu # RV.7.56.17c.
āre 'sāv asmad astu # AVś.1.26.1a; Kauś.139.8. P: āre 'sau Kauś.14.14; āre Kauś.50.4. Cf. next.
ā suṣṭutī namasā vartayadhyai # RV.5.43.2a.
ā suṣṭutī rodasī viśvaminve # RV.3.38.8c.
iḍāyai hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi (Apś. adds tasyai stuhi) tasyai me 'varuddhyai # MS.4.2.4: 26.7; Apś.12.28.6. P: iḍāyai hiṃkuru Mś.2.4.2.37.
idaṃ sarpebhyo havir astu juṣṭam # TB.3.1.1.5a.
idaṃ haviḥ prajananaṃ me astu # VS.19.48a; MS.3.11.10a: 156.16; KS.38.2a; śB.12.8.1.22; TB.2.6.3.5a; śś.4.13.1a. Ps: idaṃ haviḥ prajananaṃ me MG.1.11.23; idaṃ haviḥ Kś.19.3.26; Apś.4.14.1; 19.8.12; Mś.5.2.11.31. See āgneyaṃ haviḥ.
idaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī satyam astu # RV.1.185.11a; MS.4.14.7a: 224.13; TB.2.8.4.8a.
idam ahaṃ traiṣṭubhena chandasā pañcadaśena stomena bṛhatā sāmnendreṇa devatayaujas te kṣatram ādade 'sau # KS.36.15.
idam aham ānuṣṭubhena chandasaikaviṃśena stomena vairājena sāmnā prajāpatinā devatayāyus te dīrghāyutvam ādade 'sau # KS.36.15.
idā hi va upastutim # RV.8.27.11a.
indav indrapītasya ta indriyāvatas triṣṭupchandasaḥ sarvagaṇasya sarvagaṇa upahūta upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # PB.1.5.13. Cf. for this and the next three, tasya ta indav, and its sequel.
indav indrapītasya ta indriyāvato 'nuṣṭupchandasaḥ sarvagaṇasya sarvagaṇa upahūta upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # PB.1.6.2.
induḥ satrācā manasā puruṣṭutaḥ # RV.9.77.4b.
indra ekādaśākṣareṇa (KS. -kṣarayā) triṣṭubham udajayat (VS. -yat tām ujjeṣam) # VS.9.33; TS.1.7.11.2; KS.14.4 (bis). See indrā ekādaśākṣarayā.
indraṃ somebhis tad apo vo astu # RV.2.14.11d.
indra gṛṇīṣa u stuṣe # RV.8.65.5a.
indraṃ nara stuvanto brahmakārāḥ # RV.6.29.4c.
indrapraṇayīr upa no vastum (read vāstum) ehi # VārG.14.3d.
indram agnim upa stuhi # RV.1.136.6d.
indravanta (AB. -taḥ) stuta (AB. studhvam) # AB.5.34.5 (bis),6; GB.2.2.14; Vait.17.4. See under om indravantaḥ.
indravāyū suṣṭutibhir vasiṣṭhāḥ # RV.7.90.7b; 91.7b.
indravāyū suṣṭutir vām iyānā # RV.7.91.2c.
indra śākvara gāyatrīṃ (also jagatīṃ, triṣṭubhaṃ, paṅktiṃ, -ānuṣṭubhaṃ) pra padye tāṃ te yunajmi # TB.3.7.7.3; Apś.10.9.1.
indras tvā rudrair dakṣiṇato rocayatu traiṣṭubhena chandasā # TA.4.6.1; 5.5.1.
indrasya triṣṭub iha bhāgo ahnaḥ # RV.10.130.5b.
indrasya nu vīryāṇi pra vocam (AVś. nu prā vocaṃ vīryāṇi) # RV.1.32.1a; AVś.2.5.5a; AVP.12.12.1a; ArS.3.2a; MS.4.14.13a: 237.7; AB.3.24.10; 5.17.1; KB.15.4; 20.4; 24.2; TB.2.5.4.1a; ā.5.2.2.3; N.7.2,3. P: indrasya nu vīryāṇi TB.2.8.4.3; Aś.5.15.22; 8.6.12; 9.8.21 (comm.); śś.7.20.8; 10.13.14; 18.19.2 (comm.); Svidh.3.6.5. Cf. BṛhD.3.104. Designated as hairaṇyastūpīya (sc. sūkta) śś.10.13.14,15; 18.19.2; Rvidh.1.18.1. Cf. indrasya vocaṃ.
indraḥ somaṃ pibatu kṣemo astu (TB.Apś. astu naḥ) # AVś.13.1.27c; TB.3.7.7.13c; Apś.11.4.14c.
indrā ekādaśākṣarayā triṣṭubham udajayat # MS.1.11.10 (bis): 172.5,18. See indra ekādaśā-.
indrāgnī pūrvyastutiḥ # RV.7.94.1b; SV.2.266b; KS.13.15b; JB.2.12; 3.65.
indrāya traiṣṭubhāya pañcadaśāya bārhatāyaikādaśakapālaḥ (TS.KSA. bārhatāya graiṣmāyaikādaśakapālaḥ; MS. bārhatāya graiṣmāya puroḍāśam ekādaśakapālam) # VS.29.60; TS.7.5.14.1; MS.3.15.10: 180.8; KSA.5.10.
indrāya tvā triṣṭupchandasaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.8.47; śB.11.5.9.7.
indrāya tvāpiśarvarāya # Apś.14.3.11. See indrāya tvābhiśarvarāya, and cf. anuṣṭupchandaso 'gnihuta indrābhi-.
indrāya tvā pravṛhāmi traiṣṭubhena chandasā # MS.1.3.36: 42.10; KS.30.6.
indreṇa devena devatayā traiṣṭubhena chandasāgneḥ pakṣam upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.11. See traiṣṭubhena chandase-.
indreṇa devena pṛtanā jayāmi traiṣṭubhena chandasā pañcadaśena stomena bṛhatā sāmnā vaṣatkāreṇa vajreṇa sahajān # TS.3.5.3.1. Cf. under agninā devena pṛtanā.
indro agnir aśvinā tuṣṭuvānāḥ # RV.7.51.3c.
indro asme sumanā astu viśvahā # RV.10.100.4a.
indro devānāṃ hṛdayaṃ vo astu # AVP.4.11.3c.
indro no astu purogavaḥ # Kauś.104.2a.
indro brahmā dakṣiṇatas te astu # AVś.18.4.15b.
indro brahmā brāhmaṇāt triṣṭubhaḥ svargād ṛtunā somaṃ pibatu # AVś.20.2.3. See prec.
indro vide tam u stuṣe (Mahānāmnyaḥ, stuhi) # ā.4.5c; Mahānāmnyaḥ 5d.
indro vṛtraṃ haniṣṭho astu satvā # RV.6.37.5c.
imāṃ ta indra suṣṭutim # RV.8.12.31a.
imān paśyann iti ṣṭuhi # RV.5.53.3d.
imāṃ pratnāya suṣṭutiṃ navīyasīm # RV.10.91.13a.
imāṃ ma indra suṣṭutim # RV.8.6.32a.
ime ta indra te vayaṃ puruṣṭuta # RV.1.57.4a; AVś.20.15.4a; SV.1.373a.
iyaṃ te karkīha te mano 'stu # AVś.4.38.6d.
iyam u te anuṣṭutiḥ # RV.8.63.8a.
iṣṭayajuṣas te deva soma stutastomasya śastokthasya tiroahnasya yo 'śvasanir gosanir bhakṣas tasyopahūta upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # PB.1.6.4. P: iṣṭayajuṣaḥ Lś.3.1.27. See next.
iṣṭayajuṣas te deva soma stutastomasya śastokthasya harivata indrapītasya madhumata upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # TS.3.2.5.4. P: iṣṭayajuṣas te deva soma Apś.13.17.4. See prec.
iha prayāṇam astu vām # RV.4.46.7a.
iha sa stuvatāṃ janaḥ # AVś.1.8.1d; AVP.4.4.8d.
ihāyam astu puruṣaḥ sahāsunā # AVś.8.1.1c.
ihāsmabhyaṃ vasīyo 'stu devāḥ # JG.2.1d.
ihāsmākaṃ maghavā sūrir astu # RV.10.81.6d; SV.2.939d; VS.17.22d; VSK.8.20.1d; TS.4.6.2.6d; MS.2.10.2d: 133.17; KS.18.2d; 21.13d; N.10.27d.
iheta devīr ayam astu panthā # AVP.2.40.1a.
ihaiva prāṇaḥ sakhye no astu # AVś.13.1.17c--19c. Cf. ihaiva staṃ prāṇā-.
ihaivāśvinor astu # AVP.5.30.7c.
ihaiṣo astu bhakṣitaḥ # KS.17.19c.
īśānaḥ sarvavidyānām īśvaraḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ brahmādhipatir brahmaṇo 'dhipatir brahmā śivo me astu sadā śivom # TA.10.47.1; MahānU.17.5; NṛpU.1.6. Cf. īśvarīṃ.
ugraḥ paśuvid vīravid vo astu # AVś.11.1.15d.
uc chociṣā sahasas putra stutaḥ # RV.3.18.4a.
uta ghā nemo astutaḥ # RV.5.61.8a.
uta te suṣṭutā harī # RV.8.13.23a.
uta tvāgne mama stutaḥ # RV.8.43.17a.
uttarād adharād abhayaṃ no astu # AVś.19.15.5d; AVP.3.35.5d.
ud asya dveṣo abhayaṃ no astu # Mś.1.6.1.21b.
udīcyā tvā diśā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devatayānuṣṭubhena chandasāgneḥ pārśvam upadadhāmi # KS.22.5. See next two.
udīcyā tvā diśā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devatayānuṣṭubhena chandasā śaradam ṛtuṃ praviśāmi # KA.1.61; 2.61. See prec.
ud u ṣṭutaḥ samidhā yahvo adyaut # RV.3.5.9a.
udgātaḥ kiṃ stutaṃ stotraṃ hotā prātaranuvākenānvaśaṃsīt # JB.1.76; ṣB.1.4.7.
udgīthaḥ prastutaṃ stutam # AVś.11.7.5b.
udyan purastād bhiṣag astu candramāḥ # Kauś.42.17c.
upa kaṇvasya suṣṭutim # RV.8.34.1b; SV.1.348b; 2.1157b.
upa tvā madeṣu vājo astu # AVP.2.7.3d. See prec.
upa yajñam asthita (Mś. astu no) vaiśvadevī # RVKh.9.86.1d; AVś.7.27.1d; Apś.4.13.4d; Mś.1.4.3.2d.
upastir astu vaiśyaḥ # AVP.3.13.8a.
upastir astu so 'smākam # RV.10.97.23c; AVś.6.15.1c; VS.12.101c.
upastutaṃ janima # see upastutyaṃ mahi.
upastutyaṃ mahi jātaṃ (TS.4.2.8.1d, upastutaṃ janima tat; MS. upastutyaṃ janima tat) te arvan # RV.1.163.1d; VS.29.12d; TS.4.2.8.1d; 6.7.1d; MS.1.6.2d: 86.16; KS.39.1d; Vait.6.1d.
upa spṛśa divyaṃ sānu stūpaiḥ # RV.7.2.1c.
upemāṃ suṣṭutiṃ mama # RV.8.5.30c; 8.6d; MS.4.10.2c: 147.14; Aś.3.12.27c; śś.3.19.16c; Apś.9.9.3c.
ubhe tvaṣṭur bibhyatur jāyamānāt # RV.1.95.5c; AVP.8.14.5c; MS.4.14.8c: 227.5; TB.2.8.7.5c; N.8.15c.
ubhe sukṣitī sudhātuḥ # Aś.8.1.18c. See ubhe suṣṭutī.
ubhe suṣṭutī sugātave # AVś.6.1.3c. See ubhe sukṣitī.
uruḥ pṛthur ayaṃ vo astu lokaḥ # ArS.4.12c.
urur no loko apṛtanyo astu # AVP.6.9.10d.
uror varīyo varuṇas te kṛṇotu (TS. varīyo varivas te astu) # RV.6.75.18c; AVś.7.118.1c; SV.2.1220c; VS.17.49c; TS.4.6.4.5c.
urvī gabhīrā (TS. gambhīrā) sumatiṣ ṭe astu # RV.1.24.9b; TS.1.4.45.1b; MS.1.3.39b: 45.5; KS.4.13b.
uṣarbudhaḥ subhage tuṣṭuvāṃsaḥ # RV.7.76.6b.
uṣā ajvinī traiṣṭubhena chandasā tām aśyāṃ tām anvārabhe tasmai mām avatu tasmai svāhā # Aś.6.5.2.
uṣṇig anuṣṭubhe # Vait.1.18. Cf. jagaty etc.
ūrjaṃ mahyaṃ stutaṃ duhām # TS.3.2.7.1,3; Vait.17.8.
ūrjo napād upastutim # RV.8.84.4b; SV.2.899b.
ūrdhvaṃ jigātu bheṣajam # RVKh.10.191.5e; MS.4.13.10e: 213.1; śB.1.9.1.27; TB.3.5.11.1e; TA.1.9.7e; 3.1e (introd.). Cf. Ind. Stud. iv. 431.
ūrdhvo grāvā vasavo 'stu sotari # RV.10.100.9a.
ṛgbhir evobhayatotharvāṅgirobhir guptābhir guptai stuta # GB.2.2.14.
ṛco giraḥ suṣṭutayaḥ sam agmata # RV.10.91.12b.
ṛtubhiḥ sasyam uta kḷptam astu # AVP.5.16.5c.
ṛdhak sā vo maruto didyud astu # RV.7.57.4a.
ṛṣayo ye ca tuṣṭuvuḥ # RV.8.6.12b; AVś.20.115.3b; SV.2.852b.
ṛṣir na stubhvā vikṣu praśastaḥ # RV.1.66.4a.
ṛṣīṇāṃ ca stutīr (SV. ṛṣīṇāṃ suṣṭutīr) upa # RV.1.84.2c; SV.2.380c; VS.8.35c; TS.1.4.38.1c; MS.1.3.34c: 41.12; KS.4.11c.
ekaviṃśa ṛbhavaḥ (VS. -va) stutam (VS. stutāḥ) # VS.21.26b; MS.3.11.12b: 159.7; KS.38.11b; TB.2.6.19.2b.
ekas tvaṣṭur aśvasyā viśastā # RV.1.162.19a; VS.25.42a; TS.4.6.9.3a; KSA.6.5a; Mś.9.2.4.20a.
ekādaśabhir astuvata # VS.14.29; TS.4.3.10.1; MS.2.8.6: 110.10; KS.17.5; śB.8.4.3.8.
etad astu hutaṃ tava svāhā (AVP. omits svāhā) # AVP.5.16.7d; TB.3.3.2.5d; Apś.3.4.8d; Mś.1.3.4.3d; GG.1.8.28d; KhG.2.1.26d.
etad bhavadbhyo bhavatībhyo 'stu cākṣayam # ViDh.74.8.
etāṃ vaiśvānara sarvadeva namo 'stu te # RVKh.10.142.9.
evā nūnam upa stuhi # RV.8.24.23a; AVś.20.66.2a.
evā brahman taved astu # TB.2.7.16.2b.
evā bhagasya juṣṭeyam astu nārī # AVś.2.36.4c. See eveyaṃ.
evā me astu dhānyam # AVP.5.30.4c; Tā.10.67.2c. See evāsmākedaṃ.
evāyaṃ dhruvo acyuto astu jiṣṇuḥ # Kauś.98.2d (bis).
evāsmākedaṃ dhānyam # AVś.3.24.4c. See evā me astu.
eved indraḥ suhava ṛṣvo astu # RV.6.29.6a.
eveyaṃ juṣṭā bhagasyāstu # AVP.2.21.4c. See evā bhagasya juṣṭeyam.
eveṣṭir astu dvipadaś catuṣpadaḥ # KS.22.15c.
eṣa kavir abhiṣṭutaḥ # RV.9.27.1a; SV.2.636a.
eṣa ta ānuṣṭubho bhāga iti me somāya brūtāt # Mś.2.1.4.6.
eṣa tunno abhiṣṭutaḥ # RV.9.67.20a.
eṣa te traiṣṭubho (TS. traiṣṭubho jāgato [cf. eṣa te jāgato]) bhāga iti me somāya brūtāt # VS.4.24; TS.3.1.2.1; śB.3.3.2.6; Mś.2.1.4.6.
eṣa viprair abhiṣṭutaḥ # RV.9.3.6a; SV.2.607a.
eṣa viśvāny abhy astu bhūma # RV.2.4.2c.
eṣa viśvāny abhy astu saubhagā # RV.8.1.32c.
eṣāṃ kṣatram ajaram astu jiṣṇu # AVś.3.19.5c; AVP.3.19.5c.
eṣā te prajñātāśrir astu # śB.3.8.1.5.
oṃ svadhā # GB.2.1.24; śB.2.6.1.24; Aś.2.19.18; Kś.5.9.11; Mś.1.7.6.32; AG.4.7.30. See ā svadhā, and astu svadhā.
oṃ svadhocyatām # AG.4.7.30. Cf. under astu svadheti.
ojasvac chiro astu me # KS.36.15b; TB.2.7.7.4b.
ojasvat kṣatram ajaraṃ te astu # MS.4.12.2d: 181.14; KS.8.17d. See āyuṣmat kṣatram.
ojasvad astu me mukham # KS.36.15a; TB.2.7.7.4a.
om indravantaḥ pracarata # MS.4.9.2: 123.6; TA.4.4.1; Apś.15.6.2. See indravantaḥ pracarata, and indravanta stuta.
oṃ bhūr gāyatraṃ chando 'nuprajāyasva traiṣṭubhaṃ jāgatam ānuṣṭubham # Kauś.69.23. See gāyatraṃ chando 'nu.
omyāvatīṃ subharām ṛtastubham # RV.1.112.20c.
o suṣṭuta indra yāhy arvāṅ # RV.1.177.5a.
kathaṃ triṣṭup pañcadaśena kalpate # AVś.8.9.20b.
katham anuṣṭup katham ekaviṃśaḥ # AVś.8.9.20d.
kad u stuvata ā gamaḥ # RV.8.3.14d; AVś.20.50.2d.
kad u stuvanta ṛtayanta devatā # RV.8.3.14a; AVś.20.50.2a.
kad rudro nṛṇāṃ stutaḥ # RV.10.93.4c.
kapotolūkābhyām apadaṃ tad astu # AVś.6.29.2c.
kavim agnim upa stuhi # RV.1.12.7a; SV.1.32a.
kavir agnir indraḥ somaḥ sūryo vāyur astu me # MG.2.8.6a.
kasmai deva vaṣaḍ (VSK. vaṣal) astu tubhyam # VS.11.39d; VSK.12.4.2d; MS.2.7.4d: 78.8; 3.1.5: 7.2; śB.6.4.3.4. See tasmai ca devi, and tasmai deva.
kāmaprayavaṇaṃ me astu # TA.1.27.6a.
kā suṣṭutiḥ śavasaḥ sūnum indram # RV.4.24.1a. P: kā suṣṭutiḥ śś.12.3.11.
kiṃ viṣṇos tvaṣṭur varuṇasya vāsaḥ # AVP.13.7.1b.
kuha yāntā suṣṭutiṃ kāvyasya # RV.1.117.12a.
kṛśānor astur asanām uruṣyathaḥ # RV.1.155.2d; N.11.8d.
kṛśānor astur manasāha bibhyuṣā # RV.9.77.2d.
kṛṣṇavarṇa namo 'stu te # RVKh.10.142.4b.
ko nu vāṃ mitrāstutaḥ # RV.5.67.5a.
ko vidvāṃsam upa gāt praṣṭum etat # RV.1.164.4d; AVś.9.9.4d.
kratvā dā astu śreṣṭhaḥ # RV.6.16.26a; KS.26.11a; TB.2.4.6.2a.
kṣatram agne suyamam astu tubhyam # AVP.3.33.4c; VS.27.4c; TS.4.1.7.2c; MS.2.12.5c: 149.1; KS.18.16c. See kṣatreṇāgne suyamam.
kṣatreṇāgne suyamam astu tubhyam # AVś.7.82.3c. See kṣatram agne.
kṣapo vastuṣu rājasi # RV.8.19.31d; SV.2.1173d.
kṣamā rapo viśvaṃ no astu bheṣajam # AVś.6.57.3c.
kṣayadvīra (TS. -vīrāya) sumnam asme te astu # RV.1.114.10b; TS.4.5.10.3b.
kṣipraṃ vai tasya vāstuṣu # AVś.12.5.49a.
kṣudho 'pahatyai suvitaṃ no astu # TB.1.2.1.3b; Apś.5.1.7b.
kṣetrasya patir madhumān no astu # RV.4.57.3c; AVś.20.143.8c; MS.4.11.1c: 160.6.
kṣetrasya patnī suhavā no astu # AVP.10.6.11b.
garbhaṃ dhehi pṛthuṣṭuke # śB.14.9.4.20b; BṛhU.6.4.20b; PG.1.13b (crit. notes; see Speijer, Jātakarma, p. 19). See next.
gāyatraṃ ca traiṣṭubhaṃ cānu rājati # RV.2.43.1d.
gāyatraṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ jagat # SV.2.1179c,1180a; ṣB.1.4.12; JB.1.74c (bis); Lś.1.8.9c.
gāyatriyās triṣṭubho jagatyā abhibhūtyai svāhā # TS.3.1.7.1.
gāyatrī triṣṭup chandāṃsi # KS.40.11c; TA.6.5.3c; Apś.17.21.8c. See triṣṭub gāyatrī.
gāyatrī triṣṭub jagatī # VS.23.33a; TS.5.2.11.1a; MS.3.12.21a: 167.3; KSA.10.5a; TB.3.9.6.4. P: gāyatrī triṣṭup Kś.20.7.1; Apś.20.18.7; Mś.9.2.4.17.
gāyatrī triṣṭub jagatī vaṣaṭ svāhā namaḥ # TS.7.3.12.1; KSA.3.2.
gāyatrī triṣṭub jagatī virāṭ # KS.39.10c. See gāyatrīṃ triṣṭubhaṃ.
gāyatrī triṣṭubhe # VSK.2.3.2; TB.3.7.6.2; Kś.2.1.19; Mś.5.2.15.2; Apś.3.18.4. Cf. gāyatry uṣṇihe, and paṅktis triṣṭubhe.
gāyatrīṃ triṣṭubhaṃ jagatīm anuṣṭubham (MS. -tīṃ virājam) # AVś.8.9.14c; TS.4.3.11.2c; MS.2.13.10c: 160.8. See gāyatrī triṣṭub jagatī virāṭ.
gāyatreṇa chandasā trivṛtā stomena rathaṃtareṇa sāmnā vaṣaṭkāreṇa vajreṇa pūrvajān bhrātṛvyān adharān pādayāmi # TS.3.5.3.1. See under ānuṣṭubhena chandasai-.
gāyatreṇa tvā chandasodūhāmy auṣṇihena tvānuṣṭubhena tvā vārhatena tvā pāṅktena tvā traiṣṭubhena tvā jāgatena tvā vairājena tvā dvaipadena tvātichandasā tvā # ā.5.1.4.3.
gāyatry uṣṇig anuṣṭub bṛhatī paṅktis triṣṭubjagatyau # AVś.19.21.1.
gāyatry uṣṇihe # Vait.1.18. Cf. gāyatrī triṣṭubhe.
girā jāta iha stutaḥ # RV.9.62.15a.
gṛṇāna indra stuvate vayo dhāḥ # RV.4.17.18b.
gṛdhrāṇām annam asāv astu senā # SV.2.1214b.
gomad aśvavan mayy astu puṣṭam # AVś.18.3.61d. Cf. prec. but one.
gomad aśvāvad idam astu pra bhūma # ApMB.2.15.1d.
gomān aśvavān ayam astu prajāvān # AVś.6.68.3d. Cf. aśvavān gomān.
gor vai pratidhuk tasyai śṛtaṃ tasyai śaras tasyai dadhi tasyai mastu tasyā ātañcanaṃ tasyai navanītaṃ tasyai ghṛtaṃ tasyā āmikṣā tasyai vājinam # śB.3.3.3.2; Kś.7.8.8.
goṣṭham asi namas te astu mā mā hiṃsīḥ # ApMB.1.13.8 (ApG.3.9.3).
grahai stomāś ca viṣṭutīḥ # VS.19.28b.
grāvṇā tunno abhiṣṭutaḥ # RV.9.67.19a.
gharma yā te 'ntarikṣe śug yā traiṣṭubhe chandasi yā rājanye yāgnīdhre tāṃ ta etenāvayaje svāhā # TA.4.11.1. P: gharma yā te 'ntarikṣe śuk Apś.15.13.3. See next, yā te gharmāntarikṣe śug yā triṣṭubhy, and yā te gharmāntarikṣe śug yā traiṣṭubhe.
gharma yā te 'ntarikṣe śug yāntarikṣe yā vāte yā vāmadevye yā traiṣṭubhe chandasīyaṃ te tām avayaje # MS.4.9.10: 130.12. See under prec.
ghasantu # ūha of ghastu, śś.6.1.5. Cf. under akṣan.
ghuṇān pinaṣṭu piṃṣatī # AVP.4.16.3d. See atho pinaṣṭi.
ghoraṃ vācābhi ṣṭuhi # AVś.20.49.2b.
candramā vā asvapno vāyur anavadrāṇas tau pra padye tābhyāṃ namo 'stu tau mottarato gopāyetām # PG.3.4.17.
ciketa suṣṭutīnām # RV.10.26.2d.
cittasya mātā suhavā no astu # AVś.19.4.2b. See yajñasya mātā.
citrāṇi sākaṃ divi rocanāni # AVś.19.7.1a. The hymn occurs also as chapter 10 of the Nakṣatrakalpa; cf. Ind. Stud. iv. 433, note 2.
citro vo 'stu yāmaḥ # RV.1.172.1a.
ciraṃ jīvatu me patiḥ # śG.1.14.1d. See under āyuṣmān astu.
cec-cec chunaka sṛja namas te astu sīsaro lapetāpahvara # PG.1.16.24 (ter). See chad apehi.
codad rādha upastutaś (ArS. -taṃ) cid arvāk # RV.7.27.3d; AVś.19.5.1d; ArS.1.2d; MS.4.14.14d: 238.4; TB.2.8.5.8d.
chandasaḥ svād anuṣṭubhaḥ # KS.37.13b.
jagatī prajāpataye # Vait.1.18. Cf. jagaty anuṣṭubhe.
jagaty anuṣṭubhe # VSK.2.3.2; TB.3.7.6.2; Kś.2.1.19; Mś.5.2.15.2; Apś.3.18.4. Cf. uṣṇig, and jagatī prajāpataye.
janebhyo 'smākam astu kevala itaḥ kṛṇotu vīryam # GB.2.2.15; Vait.17.7.
jayataṃ ca pra stutaṃ ca pra cāvatam # RV.8.35.11a.
jāgatena chandasā saptadaśena stomena vāmadevyena sāmnā vaṣaṭkāreṇa vajreṇāparajān # TS.3.5.3.2. Cf. under ānuṣṭubhena chandasai-.
jīrāśvo aśvinor yātu suṣṭutaḥ # RV.1.157.3b; SV.2.1110b.
juguśīrṣasāvaye śaṃ namo astu devāḥ # AVP.1.45.2d.
jujoṣann in marutaḥ suṣṭutiṃ naḥ # RV.7.58.3b.
juṣethāṃ suṣṭutiṃ mama # RV.8.38.6b.
juṣṭaṃ devānām idam astu havyam # TS.3.1.4.1d; 3.9.1d; 4.1.9.2c. See juṣṭaṃ devebhya.
juṣṭaṃ devebhya idam astu havyam # VS.11.69c; MS.2.7.7c: 82.17; śB.6.6.2.6; Mś.1.8.3.1d; KS.16.7c. See juṣṭaṃ devānām etc.
joṣi brahma janyaṃ joṣi suṣṭutim # RV.2.37.6b.
jyeṣṭhas te śuṣma iha rātir astu # RV.10.180.1b; TS.3.4.11.4b; MS.4.12.3b: 184.15; KS.38.7b; TB.2.6.9.1b; 3.5.7.4b.
jyoktyai hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi tasyai stuhi tasyai me 'varuddhyai # Apś.13.3.1.
jyotiṣe hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi (Apś. adds tasyai stuhi) tasyai me 'varuddhyai # MS.4.2.4: 26.8; Apś.13.3.1; P: jyotiṣe hiṃkuru Mś.2.4.4.17.
taṃ vā ahaṃ nārvāñcaṃ na parāñcaṃ na pratyañcaṃ satyenodareṇa tenainaṃ prāśiṣaṃ tayainam ajīgamam # AVś.11.3.42; ... pratyañcaṃ satye pratiṣṭhāya tayainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.49; ... pratyañcaṃ saptaṛṣibhiḥ prāṇāpānais tair enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.38; ... pratyañcaṃ samudreṇa vastinā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.43; ... pratyañcaṃ savituḥ prapadābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.47; ... pratyañcaṃ sūryācandramasābhyām akṣībhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.34; ... pratyañcaṃ tvaṣṭur aṣṭhīvadbhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.45; ... pratyañcaṃ divā pṛṣṭhena tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.40; ... pratyañcaṃ dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ śrotrābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.33; ... pratyañcam agner jihvayā tayainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.36; ... pratyañcam antarikṣeṇa vyacasā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.39; ... pratyañcam aśvinoḥ pādābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.46; ... pratyañcam ṛtasya hastābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.48; ... pratyañcam ṛtubhir dantais tair enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.37; ... pratyañcaṃ pṛthivyorasā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.41; ... pratyañcaṃ bṛhaspatinā śīrṣṇā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.32; ... pratyañcaṃ brahmaṇā mukhena tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.35; ... pratyañcaṃ mitrāvaruṇayor ūrubhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.44.
taṃ suṣṭutyā vivāse # RV.8.16.3a; AVś.20.44.3a.
taṃ suṣṭutyā havyaṃ huvema # RV.8.96.20b.
taṃ jātaṃ draṣṭum abhisaṃyanti devāḥ # AVś.11.5.3d.
tat te karomi (SMB.JG. astu) tryāyuṣam (JG. triyā-) # śG.1.28.9e; SMB.1.6.8e; JG.1.11d. See tan me astu etc.
tat tvā na hiṃsāc chivatātir astu te # AVP.5.36.4d,5d,7e.
tatraitaṃ (VS.KS. -tān) prastutyevopastutyevopāvasrakṣat # VS.21.46; MS.4.13.7: 208.16; KS.18.21; TB.3.6.11.3.
tathā tad astu somapāḥ # RV.1.30.12a.
tad astu tubhyam id ghṛtam # TS.4.1.10.1c. See sarvaṃ tad astu.
tad astu prajayā bahu # AVś.6.141.2d.
tad astu mitrāvaruṇā tad agne # RV.5.47.7a; AVś.19.11.6a; AVP.12.17.6a. P: tad astu mitrāvaruṇā śś.8.8.10.
tad astu sutvak tanvaḥ # AVP.1.26.4c.
tad astu hṛdayaṃ tava # SMB.1.3.9d.
tad astu hṛdayaṃ mama # SMB.1.3.9b.
tad vām astu vidūrakam # AVP.2.58.5d.
tad vām astu sahase manyumac chavaḥ # RV.7.104.3d; AVś.8.4.3d.
tad vāṃ mahitvaṃ ghṛtānnāv astu # RV.6.67.8c.
tad vo astu sucetanam (śś. sajoṣaṇam) # AVś.20.135.10b; AB.6.35.19c; GB.2.6.14b; JB.2.117b; śś.12.19.3c.
tanūr eva tanvo astu bheṣajam # RV.10.100.10c.
taṃ tvā giraḥ suṣṭutayo vājayanti # SV.1.68c. See taṃ tvābhiḥ.
taṃ tvābhiḥ suṣṭutibhir vājayantaḥ # RV.6.24.6e. See taṃ tvā giraḥ.
taṃ tvā stuvanti kavayaḥ (JB. kāravaḥ) # ArS.4.9c; JB.2.403c.
tan naḥ pratnaṃ sakhyam astu yuṣme # RV.6.18.5a.
tan nakṣatraṃ bhūridā astu mahyam # TB.3.1.1.10b,11b.
tan nu satyaṃ pavamānasyāstu # RV.9.92.5a.
tan no astu try# see tan me astu try-.
tan me (VS. no) astu tryāyuṣam (VārG. śatāyuṣam) # VS.3.62d; VSK.3.9.4d; ApMB.2.7.2d; HG.1.9.6d; MG.1.1.24e; VārG.4.20e. See tat te karomi.
tan me astu svadhā namaḥ # HG.2.15.9d.
tan me manaḥ śivasaṃkalpam astu # VS.34.1d--5d,6e.
tapurmaghāya namo 'stu takmane # AVP.12.1.2d. See tapurvadhāya.
tapur yayastu carur agnivāṃ (AVś.KS. agnimāṃ) iva # RV.7.104.2b; AVś.8.4.2b; KS.23.11b; N.6.11b.
tapurvadhāya namo astu takmane # AVś.6.20.1d. See tapurmaghāya.
tam ayā vācā gṛṇe tam u va stuṣe # RV.8.23.7c.
tam īmahe puruṣṭutam # RV.8.13.24a.
tam u ṣṭuhi yaḥ sviṣuḥ sudhanvā # RV.5.42.11a. Cf. BṛhD.5.38.
tam u ṣṭuhi yo antaḥ sindhau # AVś.6.1.2a. See tam u ṣṭuhy.
tam u ṣṭuhi yo abhibhūtyojāḥ # RV.6.18.1a; AB.8.3.1; KB.24.2; 25.6; 26.9; TB.2.8.5.8a; ā.5.2.2.6; śś.14.23.3; 49.2. P: tam u ṣṭuhi Aś.8.5.4; 9.7.30; śś.7.20.9; 10.9.13; 11.13; 11.10.10; 14.8; 14.29.7; 57.16. Designated as tam-u-ṣṭuhīya (sc. sūkta) śś.10.11.13 etc.
tam u ṣṭuhīndraṃ yo ha satvā # RV.1.173.5a.
tam u ṣṭuhy antaḥsindhum # Aś.8.1.18a. See tam u ṣṭuhi yo antaḥ.
tam u stuṣa indraṃ yo vidānaḥ # RV.6.21.2a.
tam u stuṣa indraṃ taṃ gṛṇīṣe # RV.2.20.4a.
tayā vardhasva suṣṭutaḥ # RV.8.74.8c.
tayaiva śāntir astu naḥ # AVś.19.9.3d.
tava rāṣṭram uttamaṃ dyumnam astu # AVP.2.72.5d.
tavāgne yajño 'yam astu sarvaḥ # RV.10.51.9c; N.8.22c.
tavāham adya maghavann upastutau # RV.10.167.3c; N.11.12c.
tavaiva san sarvahāyā ihāstu # AVś.8.2.7b.
tastuvaṃ na tastuvam # AVś.5.13.11a; AVP.8.2.10a. Cf. Kauś.29.14.
tasmā indra namo 'stu te # AVś.20.128.14d.
tasmin kṣatram amavat tveṣam astu # RV.5.34.9d.
tasmin ma etat suhutam astu prāśitram # GB.2.1.3c; Vait.3.12c. Cf. next.
tasmin rayir dhruvo astu dāsvān # RV.4.2.7d.
tasmai ca devi vaṣaḍ astu tubhyam # TS.4.1.4.1d; 5.1.5.1. See under kasmai deva.
tasmai deva vaṣaḍ astu tubhyam # KS.16.4d; 19.5 (bis). See under kasmai etc.
tasmai prāṇa namo 'stu te # AVś.11.4.23d. Cf. tasmai sarpa.
tasmai yamāya namo astu mṛtyave # RV.10.165.4d; AVś.6.28.3d; 63.2d; 84.3d; MG.2.17.1d.
tasmai rudrāya namo astu # TS.5.5.9.3c; TA.10.16.1 (bis); 17.1; MahānU.13.2 (bis),3.
tasmai rudrāya namo astv agnaye (KS.Apś. astu devāḥ; Mś. 'stu devāya) # AVś.7.87.1d; KS.40.5d; Apś.16.34.4c; Mś.6.2.4.6c; śirasU.6d.
tasmai sarpa namo 'stu te # RVKh.7.55.7d. Cf. tasmai prāṇa.
tasya ta indav indrapītasyendriyāvato 'nuṣṭupchandaso harivataḥ sarvagaṇasya (Kś. -endriyāvato gāyatrachandasaḥ [also triṣṭupchandasaḥ, jagacchandasaḥ] sarvagaṇasya; PB.9.9.11, -endriyāvataḥ sarvagaṇasya) sarvagaṇa upahūta upahūtasya (Kś. -gaṇa upahūtasyopahūto) bhakṣayāmi # Kś.25.12.6,7; PB.1.6.1; 9.9.11. Cf. indav indrapītasya, and Vait.19.6.
tasya ta indrapītasya triṣṭupchandasa upahūtasyopahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Aś.5.13.6.
tasya ta indrapītasyānuṣṭupchandasa upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Aś.6.3.22.
tasya ta upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi gāyatreṇa (traiṣṭubhena etc.) chandasā tejasā brāhmaṇavarcasena # Vait.19.16,17. Cf. tasya ta indav indrapītasyendriyāvato.
tasya te deva someṣṭayajuṣa stutastomasya śastokthasya harivantaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi # TS.1.4.28.1. See stutastomasya.
tasyai te namo astu devi # AVś.1.13.4d.
tasyai prastuhi # MS.4.2.4 (quater): 26.6--10; Apś.12.17.13.
tā te dhāmāny uśmasi gamadhyai # MS.1.2.14a: 23.16; 3.9.3: 117.16. P: tā te dhāmāni Mś.1.8.2.18. See tā vāṃ vāstūny, te te dhāmāni, and yā te dhāmāny.
tā te viśvā paribhūr astu yajñam # RV.1.91.19b; VS.4.37b; TS.1.2.10.1b; MS.4.12.4b: 188.11; KS.11.13b; AB.1.13.22; śB.3.3.4.30b.
tā nas stutā oṣadhīḥ pārayantu # KS.16.13d.
tān vandasva marutas tāṃ upa stuhi # RV.8.20.14a.
tābhis saṃstuto vivasāna eti # JB.2.72c.
tābhyāṃ namo 'stu # PG.3.4.14--17.
tābhyo namo astu # KA.1.101F; 2.101F. Cf. tebhyo namo astu.
tāvāṃ ayaṃ pātave somo astu # RV.1.108.2c.
tā vāṃ vāstūny uśmasi gamadhyai # RV.1.154.6a; KS.3.3a; N.2.7a. P: tā vāṃ vāstūni KS.26.5. Cf. BṛhD.4.20. See under tā te dhāmāny.
tā vāvṛdhānā upa suṣṭutiṃ divaḥ # RV.8.87.4c.
tāś cātayāmaḥ śivatā no astu # AVP.1.86.4d.
tisṛbhir astuvata # VS.14.28; TS.4.3.10.1; MS.2.8.6: 110.6; KS.17.5; śB.8.4.3.4.
tisraḥ pṛthivīr adho astu viśvāḥ # RV.7.104.11b; AVś.8.4.11b.
tutho 'si janadhāyāḥ (PB. -yaḥ) # MS.1.3.12 (bis): 34.8,9; 4.6.3 (bis): 82.4,6; KS.4.4 (bis); 27.8 (bis); PB.1.4.3; Mś.2.4.1.6 (bis). P: tuthaḥ (text, erroneously, stutaḥ) Lś.2.2.12.
tubhyaṃ manīṣā iyam astu śaṃ hṛde # RV.5.11.5b; MS.2.13.7b: 156.6.
tṛtīyakāya namo astu takmane # AVś.1.25.4d; AVP.1.32.4d.
tṛtīye dhānāḥ savane puruṣṭuta # RV.3.53.6a; Aś.5.4.3. P: tṛtīye dhānāḥ savane śś.8.2.1.
tṛptir asi gāyatraṃ (also jāgataṃ, and traiṣṭubhaṃ) chandas tarpaya mā tejasā brahmavarcasena (also mā prajayā paśubhiḥ, and maujasā [Mś. mendriyeṇa] vīryeṇa) # Apś.4.8.1; Mś.1.2.6.24.
tejasvac chiro astu me # TB.2.7.7.3b. Cf. varcasvac etc.
tejasvad astu me mukham # TB.2.7.7.3a; Apś.22.26.3. Cf. varcasvad etc.
tejasvad dharo astu te # AVś.18.3.71b.
tejasvi nāv adhītam astu # TA.8.1.1; 9.1.1; 10.1; TU.2.1.1; 3.1.1; KU.6.19.
te tvā na hiṃsāñ chivatātir astu te # AVP.5.36.1d,2d.
tenaiva śāntir astu naḥ # AVś.19.9.4d.
te putra santu niṣṭuraḥ # RV.8.77.2c.
te budhniyaṃ pariṣadyaṃ stuvantaḥ # TB.3.1.2.9c.
tebhya imaṃ baliṃ hariṣyāmi tebhya imaṃ balim ahārṣam # ApMB.2.17.8. Cf. tebhyo namo 'stu balim, tebhyo baliṃ, and balim ebhyo harāmi.
tebhyaḥ sarvebhyaḥ sapatnīkebhyaḥ svadhāvad akṣayyam astu # Kauś.88.13.
tebhyo namo astu (PG. 'stu) # VS.15.15--19; 16.64--66; MS.2.8.10 (quinq.): 114.15,18; 115.1,4,7; 2.9.9 (ter): 129.10,13,16; KS.17.16 (ter); śB.8.6.1.16--20; 9.1.1.39; PG.1.12.4. Cf. prec. but one, and tābhyo namo astu.
tebhyo namo 'dhipatibhyo namo rakṣitṛbhyo nama iṣubhyo nama ebhyo astu (AVP. namo vo 'stu) # AVś.3.27.1--6; AVP.3.24.1--6.
tebhyo namo 'stu balim ebhyo harāmi # PG.1.12.4c. Cf. under tebhya imaṃ baliṃ.
tebhyo bhadram aṅgiraso vo astu # RV.10.62.1c.
tebhyo mṛtyo namo 'stu te # AVś.6.13.1d.
teṣāṃ saptānāṃ mayi rantir astu (Aś. mayi puṣṭir astu; TA.Apś. -nām iha rantir astu; Mś. -nām iha puṣṭir astu) # AVś.3.10.6d; AVP.1.105.2d; TA.3.11.12c (bis); Aś.2.2.17d; Apś.6.5.7d; Mś.1.6.1.15d; SMB.2.2.14d; HG.2.17.2d.
teṣāṃ sarveṣāṃ śivo astu manyuḥ # AVś.6.116.3d.
teṣām astu nihito bhāga eṣaḥ # AVP.5.40.5d.
tair eva śāntir astu naḥ # AVś.19.9.5e.
trayastriṃśe 'mṛtaṃ stutam (VS. 'mṛtā stutāḥ) # VS.21.28b; MS.3.11.12b: 159.11; KS.38.11b; TB.2.6.19.2b.
trayodaśabhir astuvata # VS.14.29; TS.4.3.10.1; MS.2.8.6: 110.11; KS.17.5; śB.8.4.3.9.
triṇave marutaḥ stutāḥ (MS.KS. stutam) # VS.21.27b; MS.3.11.12b: 159.9; KS.38.11b. See marutas triṇave.
trivatsā anuṣṭubhe # VS.24.12; MS.3.13.17: 172.1; Mś.9.2.3.18.
triṣṭug etc. # see triṣṭub etc.
triṣṭup chanda indriyam (VS.KS. chanda ihendriyam) # VS.21.17c; MS.3.11.11c: 158.9; KS.38.10c; TB.2.6.18.3c. Cf. triṣṭubhaṃ etc., and triṣṭubhā.
triṣṭub gāyatrī chandāṃsi # RV.10.14.16c; AVś.18.2.6c. See gāyatrī triṣṭup.
triṣṭub (TS. triṣṭug) graiṣmī # VS.13.55; TS.4.3.2.1; MS.2.7.19: 104.4; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.1.8.
triṣṭub rudrāṇāṃ patnī (MS.KS. -ṣṭub rudrāṇām) # MS.1.9.2: 132.5; KS.9.10; GB.2.2.9; Vait.15.3. See rudrāṇāṃ triṣṭup.
triṣṭubha aiḍam # TS.4.3.2.1. See triṣṭubhaḥ svāram.
triṣṭubhaṃ chanda ihendriyam (TB. chanda indriyam) # VS.28.29e; TB.2.6.17.4e. Cf. under triṣṭup chanda.
triṣṭubhaṃ chandaḥ prapadye (KA. praviśāmi) # MS.4.9.2: 122.12; KA.1.65; 2.65. See triṣṭubhaṃ prapadye.
triṣṭubhaṃ prapadye # Aś.1.4.9. See triṣṭubhaṃ chandaḥ.
triṣṭubhaḥ svāram # VS.13.55; MS.2.7.19: 104.4; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.1.8. See triṣṭubha aiḍam.
triṣṭubhā chandasendriyam # VS.28.40d; TB.2.6.20.3d. Cf. under triṣṭup chanda.
traiṣṭubhaṃ vā traiṣṭubhān niratakṣata # AVś.9.10.1b. See traiṣṭubhād.
traiṣṭubhaṃ chando 'nuprajāyasva # KS.3.4. P: traiṣṭubham KS.26.7; TS.1.3.7.1; Lś.3.5.5; Apś.7.13.2; Kauś.69.23.
traiṣṭubham asi # MS.4.9.7: 128.2; TA.4.5.7; KA.2.93; Apś.15.8.5. Cf. traiṣṭubho 'si.
traiṣṭubhasya chandaso 'gneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.12. See traiṣṭubhena chandasā chandasā-, and traiṣṭubhena chandasendreṇa.
traiṣṭubhād vā traiṣṭubhaṃ nir atakṣata # RV.1.164.23b; AB.3.12.6b; KB.14.3b. See traiṣṭubhaṃ vā.
traiṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvat (MS.KS. chandasā) # VS.11.9; MS.2.7.1: 74.14; KS.10.1; śB.6.3.1.38. See traiṣṭubhena tvā chandasādade.
traiṣṭubhena chandasā chandasāgneḥ pārśvenāgneḥ pārśvam upadadhāmi # KS.22.5. See under traiṣṭubhasya.
traiṣṭubhena chandasā pañcadaśena stomena bṛhatā sāmnā vaṣaṭkāreṇa vajreṇa sahajān # TS.3.5.3.1. Cf. under ānuṣṭubhena chandasai-.
traiṣṭubhena chandasendreṇa devatayāgneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upa dadhāmi # TS.5.5.8.2. See traiṣṭubhasya, and indreṇa devena devatayā.
traiṣṭubhena jāgatenānuṣṭubhena pāṅktena chandasāvabāḍho yaṃ dviṣmaḥ # KS.2.11. P: traiṣṭubhena jāgatena KS.25.9.
traiṣṭubhena jāgatenānuṣṭubhena pāṅktena tvā chandasā sādayāmi # KS.16.18. Cf. traiṣṭubhena tvā chandasā sādayāmi.
traiṣṭubhena tvā chandasā karomi # TA.4.2.6. P: traiṣṭubhena Apś.15.3.1.
traiṣṭubhena tvā chandasādade 'ṅgirasvat # TS.4.1.1.4. See traiṣṭubhena chandasāṅgi-.
traiṣṭubhena tvā chandasā sādayāmi # VS.13.53; MS.2.7.18: 103.12; śB.7.5.2.61. Cf. traiṣṭubhena jāgatenānuṣṭubhena pāṅktena tvā.
traiṣṭubho 'si # MS.4.9.1: 121.8; 4.9.4: 125.1; TA.4.8.4; 5.7.5; KA.1.18; 2.18,124; Apś.15.9.10; Mś.4.1.17. Cf. traiṣṭubham asi.
tvaṃ-tvam aharyathā upastutaḥ # RV.10.96.5a; AVś.20.30.5a.
tvayā tat soma guptam astu naḥ # TB.3.7.13.2c.
tvaṣṭā rūpāṇāṃ vikartā tasyāhaṃ devayajyayā viśvarūpaṃ priyaṃ puṣeyam # KS.5.4. P: tvaṣṭā rūpāṇāṃ vikartā KS.32.4. See tvaṣṭur ahaṃ.
tvaṣṭā ha jajñe tvaṣṭuḥ # AVś.11.8.9c.
tvaṣṭuḥ prajānāṃ prathamaṃ janitram # VS.13.50c; TS.4.2.10.3c; KS.16.17c; śB.7.5.2.35. See tvaṣṭur devānāṃ.
tvaṣṭur daśamī # VS.25.5; MS.3.15.4: 179.2; KSA.13.12. See tvaṣṭur navamī.
tvaṣṭur devānāṃ prathamaṃ janitram # MS.2.7.17c: 102.18. See tvaṣṭuḥ pra-.
tvaṣṭur navamī # TS.5.7.22.1. See tvaṣṭur daśamī.
tvaṣṭur varutrīṃ varuṇasya nābhim # MS.2.7.17a: 102.6. P: tvaṣṭur varutrīm Mś.6.1.7.28. See varutrīṃ tvaṣṭur, varūtriṃ tvaṣṭur, and varūtrīṃ tvaṣṭur.
tvaṣṭṛmantas (MSṃś. tvaṣṭri-; Apś. tvaṣṭu-) tvā sapema # VS.37.20; MS.1.2.4: 13.11; 3.7.7: 84.9; 4.9.6: 127.3; KS.2.5; 24.4; śB.14.1.4.16; KA.2.115; Apś.10.23.8. Ps: tvaṣṭrimantas tvā Mś.2.1.3.47; --4.2.37; tvaṣṭṛmantaḥ Kś.26.4.13. Cf. tvaṣṭrīmatī.
dakṣiṇayā tvā diśendreṇa devatayā traiṣṭubhena chandasāgneḥ pārśvam upadadhāmi # KS.22.5. See prec. and next.
dakṣiṇayā tvā diśendreṇa devatayā traiṣṭubhena chandasā grīṣmam ṛtuṃ praviśāmi # KA.1.59; 2.59. See prec.
dame-dame suṣṭutir (AVś.KS. suṣṭutyā; TS. suṣṭutīr; MS. suṣṭutī) vām iyānā (TSṃS.KS. vāvṛdhānā; AVś. -nau) # AVś.7.29.2c; TS.1.8.22.1c; MS.4.11.2c: 166.1; KS.4.16c; Aś.2.8.3c; śś.2.4.3c.
daśemaṃ tvaṣṭur janayanta garbham # RV.1.95.2a; AVP.8.14.2a; TB.2.8.7.4a.
dātā rādha stuvate kāmyaṃ vasu (SV. vasu pracetana) # RV.2.22.3c; SV.2.837c.
dātā vasu stuvate kīraye cit # RV.6.23.3d.
dāna id vo maghavānaḥ so astu # RV.10.32.9c.
dānāya manaḥ somapāvann astu te # RV.1.55.7a.
dikṣu viṣṇur vyakraṃstānuṣṭubhena chandasā # śś.4.12.5. See under ānuṣṭubhena chandasā diśo.
divaṃ devāṃs tṛtīyaṃ yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu # śś.3.20.4. See under divaṃ tṛtīyaṃ.
diśo 'nu sarvā abhayaṃ no astu # TB.3.1.1.5d.
diśo viṣṇur vyakraṃstānuṣṭubhena chandasā # KS.5.5. See under ānuṣṭubhena chandasā diśo.
dīrghaṃ ta āyur astu # śB.10.2.6.6.
dīrghāyutvam aṅgiraso vo astu # RV.10.62.2c.
dīrghāyutvāya jaradaṣṭir asmi (MG. astu) # PG.2.6.20b; MG.1.9.27b; VārG.12.3b.
dīrghāyur astu me patiḥ # AVś.14.2.63c; SMB.1.2.2a; HG.1.20.4c; ApMB.1.5.2c; MG.1.11.12c; JG.1.21c; VārG.14.18c. See under āyuṣmān astu, and cf. next but one.
dīrghāyur astu somakaḥ # RV.4.15.9c.
dṛter iva te 'vṛkam astu sakhyam # RV.6.48.18a.
devaputrā ime svarge loke astu # AVP.5.40.2d.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāya traiṣṭubhena chandasāhar upadadhe (and vaiśvānarāyānuṣṭubhena chandasā rātrīm) upadadhe # KS.38.12. See next.
devasya savituḥ prasave bṛhaspataye stuta # KS.17.7; 34.17; 37.17; GB.2.2.10. See next, and savitṛprasūtā bṛhaspataye.
devān divaṃ yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu # ṣB.1.5.11. See under divaṃ tṛtīyaṃ.
devān divam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu # VS.8.60; śB.4.5.7.8. P: devān divam agan Kś.25.2.8. See under divaṃ tṛtīyaṃ.
devān yat kratvā majmanā puruṣṭutaḥ # RV.1.141.6c.
devebhyas tad uśadbhyo rātam astu # RV.1.162.11d; VS.25.34d; TS.4.6.8.4d; MS.3.16.1d: 183.1; KSA.6.5d.
devo draviṇodāḥ potrāt triṣṭubhaḥ svargād ṛtunā somaṃ pibatu # AVś.20.2.4. Cf. Vait.20.1.
daivī svastir astu naḥ # RVKh.10.191.5c; MS.4.13.10c: 214.14; śB.1.9.1.27; TB.3.5.11.1c; TA.1.9.7c; 3.1c (Introd.).
dyutānas tvā māruto marudbhir uttarataḥ pātu (TA. uttarato rocayatv ānuṣṭubhena chandasā) # TS.5.5.9.4; TA.4.6.2; 5.5.2. See nitānas etc.
dyubhir asmā ahobhir vāmam astu # RV.10.7.4d.
dyubhir hito jarimā sū no astu # RV.10.59.4c.
dyaur no devy abhayaṃ no astu (MG. abhayaṃ kṛṇotu) # AG.1.2.11b (crit. notes); 2.4.14b; MG.2.8.6b. See śaṃ no dyaur abhayaṃ.
dvau triṣṭubhaṃ jagatīṃ dvau vasāte # JB.3.338b.
dhattaṃ rayiṃ stuvate kīraye cit # RV.7.97.10c; AVś.20.17.12c; 87.7c; TB.2.5.6.3c; Apś.22.7.11c.
dhartā vajrī puruṣṭutaḥ # RV.1.11.4d; SV.1.359d; 2.600d; JB.3.238d.
dharmasthūṇārājaṃ śrīstūpam ahorātre dvāraphalake # PG.3.4.18. See prec.
dhūrta (KS. -te) namas te astu (KS. 'stu) # KS.6.7; Apś.6.11.3. See dhūrte.
dhūrte namante (?) astu # MS.1.8.5: 121.10. See dhūrta.
dhenur vāg asmān upa suṣṭutaitu # RV.8.100.11d; TB.2.4.6.10d; PG.1.19.2d; N.11.29d.
dhruvā dṛḍhācyutā me astu bhūmiḥ # Kauś.98.2b.
dhruvaidhi poṣyā (PG. poṣye) mayi # RVKh.10.85.6a; śG.1.17.3; PG.1.8.19a; ApMB.1.8.9a (ApG.2.6.10). See mameyam astu.
nakiṣ ṭe pūrvyastutim # RV.8.24.17b; AVś.20.64.5b; SV.2.1035b.
nakṣatram ulkābhihataṃ śam astu naḥ # AVś.19.9.9a.
nakṣad vāṇī suṣṭutā dhiṣṇyā vām # RV.6.63.6d.
na ghet tvam asi (AVP. ghed asi tvaṃ) tastuvam # AVś.5.13.11b; AVP.8.2.10b.
na triṣṭubhaś chandasaḥ # AB.7.23.3.
na duṣṭutir draviṇodeṣu śasyate # RV.1.53.1d; AVś.20.21.1d; SV.2.218a. See next.
na duṣṭutī martyo vindate vasu # RV.7.32.21a. See prec.
namaḥ paśubhyaḥ paśupataye karomi (KS. 'stu) # TS.3.1.4.4b; KS.30.8b. See paśoḥ pāśān.
namas te astu (PB.JBḷśṣMB. 'stu) # VS.3.63; 18.53; 37.20; 38.16; TS.4.7.13.2; 5.5.9.3; MS.1.2.2 (bis): 10.18; 11.6; 1.2.12: 22.1; 1.4.3: 51.7; 2.9.10 (bis): 130.8,10; 2.12.3: 146.13; 3.6.6: 68.1; 4.9.6: 127.2; 4.9.9: 130.4; 4.9.11: 132.8; KS.2.3 (bis),13; 18.15; AB.1.22.10; PB.1.7.2; JB.1.361; śB.3.2.8.1; 9.4.4.5; 14.1.4.15; 2.2.42; TB.3.7.5.5; 10.4.3; TA.1.31.3; 4.11.7; 28.1; 5.9.9; KA.2.114; 3.150; Tā.10.72; Aś.4.7.4; śś.4.20.1; 6.12.3; 17.13.10; Lś.1.7.15; 3.12.13; 5.7.6; 9.7.16; Apś.2.5.7; 18.9; 3.3.8; 11.14.9; 17.23.8; 24.14.12 (bis); Mś.1.2.5.10; 1.3.2.12; 2.3.2.13; AG.4.8.22; Kauś.38.8; SMB.1.7.9; ApMB.1.13.8,9; 2.7.3; HG.1.9.10; 16.3.
namas te astu cakṣase raghūyate # TB.3.7.13.4b.
namas te astu divi te sadhastham # AVś.2.2.1d; AVP.1.7.1d; KA.1.98Ad. Fragment: divi te sadhastham KA.2.99.
namas te astu dhanvane # TS.4.5.1.1c; MS.2.9.2c: 120.17.
namas te astu nārada # AVś.12.4.45a.
namas te astu paśyata # AVś.13.4.48,55.
namas te astu bāhubhyām # AVP.14.3.4c; NīlarU.4c. See bāhubhyām uta te.
namas te astu bhagavaḥ (GBṃG. bhagavan) # VS.16.52b; TS.4.5.10.5b; MS.2.9.9b: 128.3; KS.17.16b; GB.1.1.14; TA.4.28.1; MG.1.19.4a; 2.14.31a. Cf. namas te bhagavann.
namas te astu māṃsapippale svāhā # ApMB.2.21.1d. See namas te sumanā-.
namas te astu mīḍhuṣe # Aś.2.5.9a; Apś.6.25.7a.
namas te astu rudrarūpebhyaḥ # TA.10.45.1d; MahānU.17.3d. See namas te rudra rūpebhyo.
namas te astu vātake # AVP.1.86.6b.
namas te astu vidyute (AVP.15.23.11a adds stanayitnave) # AVś.1.13.1a; AVP.15.20.8a; 15.23.11a; VS.36.21a; Kauś.139.8. P: namas te astu Kauś.38.8,9. Cf. BṛhD.1.54; 8.44.
namas te astu sīsara (PG. sīsaro lapetāpahvara) # PG.1.16.24; ApMB.2.16.9d,10d; HG.2.7.2d (quinq.).
namas te astu suhavo ma edhi # TA.3.14.3d.
namas te bhagavann astu # VS.36.21c. Cf. namas te astu bha-.
namas te rājan varuṇāstu manyave # AVś.1.10.2a; AVP.1.9.2a.
namas te rudra rūpebhyo namaḥ # MS.2.9.10d: 130.2. See namas te astu rudra-.
namas te sumanāmukhi svāhā # śG.3.12.5d; 14.2d. See namas te astu māṃsa-.
namas te 'stu bhagavati vidma tvā sā naś śivaidhi # JB.2.45.
namaḥ su te nirṛte tigmatejaḥ (TS. viśvarūpe) # VS.12.63a; TS.4.2.5.2a; MS.2.7.12a: 90.17; KS.16.12a; śB.7.2.1.10. P: namaḥ su te nirṛte Apś.16.15.8. See namo 'stu te.
namo astu nīlagrīvāya # TS.4.5.1.3a; KS.17.11a. See namo 'stu etc.
namo astu parāyate # AVś.11.2.15b; 4.7b. See namo rudra etc., and namo 'stu etc.
namo astu (VS.śB. 'stu) rudrebhyo ye antarikṣe (VS.KS.śB. 'ntarikṣe) yeṣāṃ vāta (MS. vātā) iṣavaḥ # VS.16.65; MS.2.9.9: 129.11; KS.17.16; śB.9.1.1.36. P: namo astu rudrebhyo ye antarikṣe Mś.11.7.1.22. Cf. namo rudrāyāntarikṣasade yasya.
namo astu (VS.śB.Kś. 'stu) rudrebhyo ye divi yeṣāṃ varṣam iṣavaḥ # VS.16.64; MS.2.9.9: 129.9; KS.17.16; śB.9.1.1.35. Ps: namo astu rudrebhyo ye divi Mś.6.2.4.4; 11.7.1.22; namo 'stu Kś.18.1.5. Cf. namo rudrāya diviṣade.
namo astu (VS.śB. 'stu) rudrebhyo ye pṛthivyāṃ yeṣām annam iṣavaḥ # VS.16.66; MS.2.9.9: 129.14; KS.17.16; śB.9.1.1.37. P: namo astu rudrebhyo ye pṛthivyām Mś.11.7.1.22. Cf. namo rudrāya pṛthivīṣade.
namo astu varatrābhyaḥ # AVP.1.99.3a.
namo astu (VS.śB.Kś.PGṇīlarUṃś.6.1.7.4, 'stu) sarpebhyaḥ # RVKh.7.55.10a; VS.13.6a; TS.4.2.8.3a; MS.2.7.15a: 97.1; KS.16.15a; śB.7.4.1.28a; Apś.16.22.4; 27.22; Mś.6.1.7.4; --11.4.4,6; PG.2.14.18; ApMB.2.17.5a,8a (ApG.7.18.1,10; 19.4); HG.2.16.7; MG.2.7.3; 11.10; 16.3; NīlarU.18a. P: namo 'stu Kś.17.4.6.
namo devi nirṛte tubhyam astu # VS.12.62d; TS.4.2.5.4d; MS.2.7.12d: 90.16; KS.16.12d; śB.7.2.1.9.
namo brahmaṇe dhruvāyācyutāyāstu # HG.1.22.14.
namo yamāya namo astu (AVP. 'stu) mṛtyave # AVś.5.30.12a; AVP.9.14.2a.
namo rudra parāyate # TB.3.7.2.7b; Aś.1.12.34d; Apś.9.2.9b. See under namo astu pa-.
namo rudrāya diviṣade yasya varṣam iṣavaḥ # KA.1.207; 3.159. P: namo rudrāya KA.3.207. Cf. namo astu rudrebhyo ye divi.
namo rudrāya namo astu takmane # AVś.6.20.2a.
namo rudrāya pṛthivīṣade yasyānnam iṣavaḥ # KA.1.207; 3.166. Cf. namo astu rudrebhyo ye pṛthivyāṃ.
namo rudrāyāntarikṣasade yasya vāta iṣavaḥ # KA.1.207; 3.163. Cf. namo astu rudrebhyo ye antarikṣe.
namo vām astu śṛṇutaṃ havaṃ me # TA.3.14.3a.
namo vāstavyāya ca vāstupāya ca # VS.16.39; TS.4.5.7.2; MS.2.9.7: 126.1; KS.17.15. P: namo vāstavyāya Mś.6.2.4.3.
namo vo astu # see namo vo 'stu.
namo vo astu pravatsyāmi # Apś.6.27.2.
namo vo astu prāvātsyam # Apś.6.27.2.
namo vo 'stu (Aś.śś. astu) # VS.5.34; PB.1.4.15; Aś.5.3.15; śś.6.13.1; Vait.18.8; SMB.2.1.7; JG.1.12.
namo 'stu te nirṛte tigmatejaḥ # AVś.6.63.2a. P: namo 'stu te nirṛte Vait.28.26. See namaḥ su te, and cf. next.
namo 'stu te nirṛte mā tv asmān # AVP.5.27.4c. Cf. prec.
namo 'stu devaṛṣipitṛmanuṣyebhyaḥ # śG.6.6.16.
namo 'stu daivāya prastarāya # AVś.16.2.6.
namo 'stu narmade tubhyam # RVKh.1.191.10c.
namo 'stu nīlagrīvāya (AVPṇīlarU. nīlaśikhaṇḍāya) # AVP.14.4.1a; VS.16.8a; NīlarU.11a; BṛhPDh.9.171. See namo astu etc.
namo 'stu parāyate # Mś.3.1.25b. See under namo astu pa-.
namo 'stu rudrebhyo etc. # see namo astu etc.
namo 'stu varṣamedase # AVś.12.1.42d.
namo 'stu sarpebhyaḥ # see namo astu etc.
namo 'horātrābhyām astu # AVś.19.8.2e,7b.
narāśaṃsapītasya deva soma te matividaḥ (Vait. te nṛbhiḥ ṣṭutasya matividaḥ) # AB.7.34.1; Vait.20.7.
narāśaṃsapītasya soma deva te matividaḥ prātaḥsavanasya gāyatrachandasaḥ pitṛpītasya (Mś.2.4.6.15, mativido mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya triṣṭupchandasaḥ; Mś.2.5.1.50, matividas tṛtīyasya savanasya jagacchandasaḥ) # Mś.2.4.2.32; 2.4.6.15; 2.5.1.50. P: narāśaṃsapītasya Mś.2.4.2.42.
na va ihāsti nyañcanam (Kauś. ihāstv ity añcanam, read ihāstu nyañcanam ?) # AVP.9.6.3b; Kauś.116.7b.
navadaśabhir astuvata # VS.14.30; TS.4.3.10.2; MS.2.8.6: 110.13; KS.17.5; śB.8.4.3.12.
navabhir astuvata # VS.14.29; TS.4.3.10.1; MS.2.8.6: 110.9; KS.17.5; śB.8.4.3.7.
na vindhe asya suṣṭutim # RV.1.7.7c; AVś.20.70.13c; N.6.18c.
na vai tvā dviṣmo abhayaṃ no astu # AVś.19.14.1d.
na suṣṭutim asuryasya vidvān # RV.7.22.5b; SV.2.1149b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe (Vaitṃś. pṛṣṭhe svarge loke) yajamāno astu # Vait.2.1; Kś.2.2.8b; Apś.3.19.1b; Mś.5.2.15.10b; 5.2.16.14b.
nāma tvaṣṭur apīcyam # RV.1.84.15b; AVś.20.41.3b; SV.1.147b; 2.265b; MS.2.13.6b: 154.11; KS.39.12b; JB.3.65b; TB.1.5.8.1b; N.4.25b.
nirastaḥ so 'stu yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # Kauś.3.6; 137.38.
nirhastaḥ śatrur abhidāsann astu # AVś.6.66.1a. P: nirhastaḥ Kauś.14.7.
niṣṭuvānasya pātaya # see ni stuvā-.
nūnaṃ śrudhi stuvato aśvyasya # RV.8.24.14c.
nū rodasī abhiṣṭute vasiṣṭhaiḥ # RV.7.39.7a; 40.7a.
nṛcakṣāḥ soma uta suśrug (comm. śuśrug) astu # TB.3.7.13.2a. See sucakṣāḥ soma.
paṅktir viṣṇoḥ (GB.Vait. viṣṇoḥ patnī) # MS.1.9.2: 132.6; KS.9.10; GB.2.2.9; Vait.15.3. Cf. viṣṇor anuṣṭup.
paṅktis triṣṭubhe # Vait.1.18. Cf. gāyatrī triṣṭubhe.
pacantaṃ ca stuvantaṃ ca praṇeṣat # RV.2.20.3d.
pañcadaśabhir astuvata # VS.14.29; TS.4.3.10.2; MS.2.8.6: 110.12; KS.17.5; śB.8.4.3.10.
pañcabhir astuvata # VS.14.28; TS.4.3.10.1; MS.2.8.6: 110.7; KS.17.5; śB.8.4.3.5.
pañcāvayas triṣṭubhe # VS.24.12; MS.3.13.17: 172.1; Mś.9.2.3.18.
payasvac chiro astu me # KS.36.15b; TB.2.7.7.4b.
payasvatī rantir (MS. rātir) āśā no astu # AVP.15.2.1d; TS.4.4.12.5d; MS.3.16.4d: 189.7; KS.22.14d; Aś.4.12.2d.
payasvad astu me mukham # KS.36.15a; TB.2.7.7.4a.
payasvan me kṣetram astu # AVP.2.76.3a.
payo gṛheṣu payo aghnyāyām (TB.Apś. aghniyāsu; Mś. 'stu tan naḥ) # AB.5.27.8c; 7.3.4c; TB.1.4.3.3c; 3.7.4.2a; Aś.3.11.7c; Apś.9.5.6c; Mś.3.2.2e. See payo aghnyāsu.
payo vatseṣu payo astu tan mayi (TB.3.7.4.2b, vatseṣu paya indrāya haviṣe dhriyasva) # AB.5.27.8d; 7.3.4d; TB.1.4.3.3d; 3.7.4.2b; Aś.3.11.7d; Apś.9.5.6d.
paraḥ so astu tanvā tanā ca # RV.7.104.11a; AVś.8.4.11a.
parād api paraś cāsu (var. lect. cāstu) # MahānU.11.5c.
parāparaitā vasuvid vo astu # AVś.18.4.48c.
parutno astu sa kāmaḥ # AVP.3.40.2c.
pareta kastupakaṃ vaḥ punar dadāmi # AVP.10.1.4a.
pavamānā abhy arṣanti suṣṭutim # RV.9.85.7c.
pavamānena suṣṭutāḥ # RV.9.5.5c.
pavir iva nemer adharaḥ so astu # AVP.1.78.3d.
paścāt purastād abhayaṃ no astu # TB.3.1.1.11d.
pātā sutam indro astu somam # RV.6.23.3a; 44.15a. P: pātā sutam indro astu somaṃ hantā vṛtram (RV.6.44.15) Aś.6.4.10; śś.9.8.3.
pāhi na indra suṣṭuta sridhaḥ # RV.1.129.11a. P: pāhi na indra śś.10.7.11.
pitā tvaṣṭur ya uttaraḥ # AVś.11.8.18b.
pitṛbhyaḥ svadhā astu # see pitṛbhyaḥ svadhāstu.
pitṛbhyaḥ svadhāstu (MahānU. -dhā astu) # Tā.10.67.2; MahānU.19.2.
pitṝṇāṃ loke api bhāgo astu # AVś.12.2.9d.
pitṝn pṛthivīm agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu # VS.8.60; śB.4.5.7.8. See under pṛthivīṃ tṛtīyaṃ.
putram adya dideṣṭu te # AVP.5.11.5d,9d.
purastād viṣitastupaḥ # AVś.6.60.1b.
purā nūnaṃ ca stutaya ṛṣīṇām # RV.6.34.1c.
puruṇāman puruṣṭuta # RV.8.93.17b; SV.1.188b.
puruhūtaṃ puruṣṭutam # RV.8.15.1b; 92.2a; AVś.20.61.4b; 62.8b; SV.1.382b; 2.64a; ā.5.2.3.2.
pūrtam astu etat parame vyoman # JG.2.2d.
pūṣā aviṣṭu māhinaḥ # RV.10.26.1d,9b.
pṛthivīṃ pitṝn yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu # ṣB.1.5.11. See under pṛthivīṃ tṛtīyaṃ.
pṛthivīṃ manuṣyāṃs tṛtīyaṃ yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu # śś.3.20.4. See under pṛthivīṃ tṛtīyaṃ.
pṛthivyām astu yad dharaḥ # AVś.18.2.36d.
pṛdākūr astu nagnahuḥ # AVP.5.10.3c.
prakṛtebhyaḥ svadhocyatām # YDh.1.243. Cf. under astu svadheti.
prajāvad reto ahrayaṃ no astu # RV.7.67.6b; TB.2.4.3.7b.
prajāvān naḥ paśumāṃ astu gātuḥ # RV.3.54.18d.
praṇītir astu sūnṛtā # RV.6.48.20b.
pra tad vo astu dhūtayo deṣṇam # RV.7.58.4d.
praty adhattaṃ suṣṭutiṃ jujuṣāṇā # RV.1.118.7d.
pra dātur astu cetanam # RV.1.13.11c.
pra-pra vas triṣṭubham iṣam # RV.8.69.1a; SV.1.360a; AB.4.4.4; Aś.6.2.9. P: pra-pra vas triṣṭubham śś.9.6.14.
pra bravāma vayam indra stuvantaḥ # RV.4.20.10d; TS.1.7.13.3d.
pra yad vas triṣṭubham iṣam # RV.8.7.1a; AB.5.17.14; KB.26.10. Ps: pra yad vas triṣṭubham Aś.8.9.7; śś.10.9.17; pra yad vaḥ VHDh.5.425. Cf. BṛhD.6.47.
pra va ugrāya niṣṭure # RV.8.32.27a.
pravato napān nama evāstu tubhyam # AVś.1.13.3a.
pra vasya ānināya tam u va stuṣe # RV.8.21.9b; AVś.20.14.3b; 62.3b; SV.1.400b; JB.3.193b.
pra vaḥ satāṃ jyeṣṭhatamāya suṣṭutim # RV.2.16.1a. Ps: pra vaḥ satāṃ jyeṣṭhatamāya śś.14.31.5; pra vaḥ satām Aś.6.4.10; śś.9.12.3.
pra vām aśnotu suṣṭutiḥ # RV.1.17.9a.
pra viṣṇur astu tavasas tavīyān # RV.7.100.3c; MS.4.14.5c: 221.10; TB.2.4.3.5c.
pra sa mitra marto astu prayasvān # RV.3.59.2a; TS.3.4.11.5a; MS.4.10.2a: 146.13; KS.23.12a; Aś.3.12.9; 4.11.6; N.2.13. P: pra sa mitra MS.4.12.6: 197.8; TB.2.8.7.5; 3.7.9.5; Apś.6.18.1; 13.4.6.
pra sā vāci suṣṭutir maghonām # RV.7.58.6a.
pra sunvata stuvataḥ śaṃsam āvaḥ # RV.1.33.7d.
pra su ṣa vibhyo maruto vir astu # RV.4.26.4a.
pra suṣṭuti stanayantaṃ ruvantam # RV.5.42.14a. Cf. BṛhD.5.38.
prastutaṃ viṣṭutaṃ saṃstutaṃ kalyāṇaṃ viśvarūpam # TB.3.10.1.2. P: prastutaṃ viṣṭutam TB.3.10.9.7; 10.2; Apś.19.12.5.
praharṣiṇo madirasya made mṛṣāsāv astu # Apś.12.11.9. See prec.
prātardaniḥ kṣatraśrīr astu śreṣṭhaḥ # RV.6.26.8c.
priyaṃ hṛdaś cakṣuṣo valgv astu # AVś.12.3.32b.
priyam indrasyāstu # MS.4.13.2: 200.10; KS.15.13; TB.3.6.2.1.
priyamedham upastutam # RV.8.5.25b.
priyād u cin manmanaḥ preyo astu te # RV.1.140.11b.
priyo no astu viśpatiḥ # RV.1.26.7a; SV.2.969a; śś.12.11.18.
pro asmā upastutim # RV.8.62.1a. P: pro asmai śś.12.3.10.
babhruvo vo vṛñjā ānuṣṭubhena chandasā # MS.4.2.11: 35.3.
balihāro 'stu sarpāṇām # MG.2.16.3.
bahis te (AVś.AVP.KS. bahiṣ ṭe) astu bāl iti # AVś.1.3.1e--5e; AVP.1.4.1e--4e (but 2e should be disregarded, see note to 2a, indreṇa varuṇena etc.); TS.3.3.10.2e; KS.13.9d; Apś.9.19.4.
bahu deyaṃ ca no 'stu # ViDh.73.28d; MDh.3.259d; YDh.1.245d; AuśDh.5.73d; BṛhPDh.5.280d.
bahur yuvā pramṛṇo dhṛṣṇur astu # AVP.10.4.10a.
bāhīkam astu yad rapaḥ # AVP.9.7.6b.
bāhubhyām uta te namaḥ # VS.16.1c; TS.4.5.1.1d; MS.2.9.2d: 120.17; KS.17.11b; śB.9.1.1.14. See namas te astu bāhubhyām.
bṛhatā tvā rathaṃtareṇa traiṣṭubhyā (KS. triṣṭubhā) vartanyā śukrasya tvā vīryeṇod dhare (KS. śukrasya vīryeṇotsṛjāmy asau) # MS.2.3.4: 31.6; KS.11.7. P: bṛhatā tvā Mś.5.2.2.6. See bṛhadrathaṃtarayos.
bṛhadrathaṃtarayos tvā stomena triṣṭubho vartanyā śukrasya vīryeṇa devas tvā savitot sṛjatu jīvātave jīvanasyāyai # TS.2.3.10.2. P: bṛhadrathaṃtarayos tvā stomena TS.2.3.11.4. See bṛhatā tvā rathaṃtareṇa.
bṛhaspatiḥ puraetā te astu # AVś.7.8.1b; AVP.4.10.1b; TS.1.2.3.3b; 3.1.1.4; KB.7.10; Aś.4.4.2b; śś.5.6.2b; Mś.2.1.3.15b.
bṛhaspatir aṣṭākṣarayānuṣṭubham udajayat # MS.1.11.10: 172.14; KS.14.4. Cf. next but two.
bṛhaspatiḥ sanyāstu naḥ sakhā # AVP.1.51.2b.
bodhanmanā id astu naḥ # SV.1.140a. See bodhinmanā.
bodhinmanā id astu naḥ # RV.8.93.18a. See bodhanmanā.
brahmajūtām ṛṣistutām # AVś.6.108.2b.
brahma devair abhiṣṭutam # AVP.10.3.2b.
bhaga eva bhagavāṃ astu devāḥ (AVś. devaḥ) # RV.7.41.5a; AVś.3.16.5a; AVP.4.31.5a; VS.34.38a; TB.2.5.5.1a; 8.9.8a; ApMB.1.14.5a (ApG.3.9.4). Cf. VHDh.5.497; Rvidh.2.25.11.
bhadrā te pūṣann iha rātir astu # RV.6.58.1d; SV.1.75d; TS.4.1.11.3d; MS.4.10.3d: 150.5; KS.4.15d; TA.1.2.4d; 4.5.7d; N.12.17d. Cf. bhadrā vāṃ.
bhadrā rudrāṇāṃ marutām upastutiḥ # RV.10.64.11b.
bhadrā vāṃ pūṣaṇāv iha rātir astu # TA.1.10.2d. Cf. bhadrā te pūṣann.
bhadrāhaṃ sāyam astu naḥ # AVś.6.128.2b.
bhuvad vastur ṛṣūṇām # RV.8.71.15d.
bhuvo viśvasya gopatiḥ puruṣṭuta # RV.8.62.7c.
bhūtaṃ bhaviṣyad abhayaṃ (PG. akṛtad) viśvam astu me # AG.2.4.14c; PG.3.3.6c. See next but one.
bhūtaṃ bhaviṣyad uta bhadram astu me # MG.2.8.6c. See prec. but one.
bhūyāma te suṣṭutayaś ca vasvaḥ # RV.3.19.3d; TS.1.3.14.6d; MS.4.14.15d: 240.10.
bhṛgavo ye ca tuṣṭuvuḥ # RV.8.6.18b.
maṇiṃ viṣkandhadūṣaṇam # AVś.2.4.1c; 3.9.6d; AVP.2.11.1c. Cf. astu viṣkandha-.
maṇis te astu puraetā purastāt # AVś.10.3.2b.
madhu dyaur astu naḥ pitā # RV.1.90.7c; VS.13.28c; TS.4.2.9.3c; MS.2.7.16c: 99.21; KS.39.3c; śB.14.9.3.12; TA.10.10.2c; 49.1c; BṛhU.6.3.12c; MahānU.9.9c; 17.7c; Kauś.91.1c.
madhumaṃ astu sūryaḥ # see madhumāṃ astu sūryaḥ.
madhumāṃ astu vāyave # RV.9.63.3c.
madhumāṃ (MS. -maṃ) astu sūryaḥ # RV.1.90.8b; VS.13.29b; TS.4.2.9.3b; MS.2.7.16b: 100.1; KS.39.3b; śB.14.9.3.13b; TA.10.10.2b; 49.1b; BṛhU.6.3.13b; MahānU.9.10b; 17.7b; Kauś.91.1b.
manas tvāṣṭu # VS.7.3,6; TS.1.4.2.1; 3.1; 6.4.5.4; MS.1.3.4: 31.10; 4.5.5: 70.20; KS.4.1 (bis); 27.1,2; śB.4.1.1.22; 2.21; Apś.12.10.15.
manuṣyān antarikṣam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu # VS.8.60; śB.4.5.7.8. See under antarikṣaṃ tṛtīyaṃ, and cf. next.
mantro guruḥ punar astu so asmai # RV.1.147.4c.
mama cittam anu cittaṃ te astu # AG.1.21.7b; śG.2.4.1b; SMB.1.2.21b; PG.1.8.8b; MG.1.10.13b; 22.10b; JG.1.12b. See under prec.
mama hṛdaye hṛdayaṃ te astu # HG.1.5.11a. See under mama vaśeṣu.
mamāgne varco vihaveṣv astu # RV.10.128.1a; AVś.5.3.1a; AVP.5.4.1a; TS.4.7.14.1a; MS.1.4.1a: 47.1; 1.4.5: 52.11; KS.4.14a; 31.15; 40.10a; Kś.2.1.3a; Apś.1.1.4; 4.8.6; 6.16.7; 20.2; 22.1; 17.21.1. Ps: mamāgne varcaḥ KS.8.16; Aś.6.6.16; śś.4.2.7,13; 13.5.17; Vait.1.12,14; Kś.25.14.19; Mś.1.4.1.7; AG.3.9.2; śG.1.4.2; 3.1.8; Kauś.1.33; 12.10; 22.14; 38.26; 49.15; Rvidh.4.6.2; mamāgne VHDh.5.496. Cf. BṛhD.8.44. Designated as vihavya, or vihavīya (sc. sūkta) AVś.7.5.4; TS.3.1.7.3; 7.5.5.2; KS.34.4; GB.2.2.24; PB.9.4.14; śś.4.2.7,13; 13.5.17; Lś.4.10.8; Kś.25.14.18; Apś.14.19.10 (bis); Mś.1.6.2.17.
mamāntarikṣam urulokam (TS. uru gopam) astu # RV.10.128.2c; AVś.5.3.3c; AVP.5.4.3c; TS.4.7.14.1c; KS.40.10c.
mamed vardhasva suṣṭutaḥ # RV.8.6.12c; AVś.20.115.3c; SV.2.852c.
mameyam astu poṣyā # AVś.14.1.52a. See dhruvaidhi.
mayi tvayīdam astu tvayi mayīdam # SMB.2.5.11.
mayi vāg astu dharṇasiḥ # TB.2.7.16.4b.
mayi vrate hṛdayaṃ te astu # JG.1.12a. P: mayi vrate JG.1.12. See under mama vaśeṣu.
mayi sajātā ramatir vo astu # AVś.6.73.2d,3d.
mayi saṃjñānam astu vaḥ # AVś.3.14.4d; AVP.2.13.2d.
mayi sāmīcyam astu te # HG.1.5.11c.
mayo mahyaṃ (TB. mahyam astu) pratigrahītre (śś. pratigṛhṇate) # VS.7.47; MS.1.9.4 (quinq.): 133.15,20; 134.4,10,15; śB.4.3.4.28; TB.2.2.5.4; śś.7.18.1. See vayo dātre, and hayo dātra.
mayy astu śaradaḥ śatam # śś.17.12.1d.
mayy āśīr (AVP.KS. mamāśīr) astu mayi (AVP.KS. mama) devahūtiḥ # RV.10.128.3b; AVś.5.3.5b; AVP.5.4.5b; TS.4.7.14.1b; KS.40.10b.
mayy evāstu mayi śrutam # AVś.1.1.2d,3d. See prec.
marutaḥ potrāt (AVś. potrāt triṣṭubhaḥ svargād ṛtunā somaṃ pibantu) # AVś.20.2.1; Vait.19.23; (20.1); Kś.9.8.12; Apś.11.19.8. See prec.
marutas triṇave stutam # TB.2.6.19.2b. See triṇave.
maruto astu martyaḥ # RV.1.86.7b.
marutvāṃ astu gaṇavān sajātavān (Aś. sujātaiḥ) # TB.2.4.6.12b; Aś.2.11.8b.
marudbhir indra sakhyaṃ te astu # RV.8.96.7c; SV.1.324c; AB.3.20.1c; TB.2.8.3.5c.
martāṃ ena stuvato yaḥ kṛṇoti # RV.7.18.18c.
mahi trīṇām avo 'stu (SV. avar astu) # RV.10.185.1a; SV.1.192a; VS.3.31a; MS.1.5.4a: 70.7; 1.5.11: 79.9; KS.7.2a,9; śB.2.3.4.37a; Apś.6.17.10a; Mś.1.6.2.11; MG.1.5.4; Rvidh.4.23.3. P: mahi trīṇām śś.12.2.14; AG.3.10.7; Svidh.2.1.5. Cf. BṛhD.8.86; Rvidh.2.31.6. Designated as māhitram (sc. sūktam) VāDh.26.5; BṛhD.8.86.
mahitvam astu vajriṇe # RV.1.8.5b; AVś.20.71.1b; SV.1.166b.
mahī devasya savituḥ pariṣṭutiḥ # RV.5.81.1d; VS.5.14d; 11.4d; 37.2d; VSK.5.5.1d (with svāhā); TS.1.2.13.1d; 4.1.1.2d; MS.1.2.9d: 18.14; 4.9.1d: 120.4; KS.2.10d; 15.11d; śB.3.5.3.12; 6.3.1.16; 14.1.2.8d; TA.4.2.1d; KA.1.1d; śvetU.2.4d.
mahīm iyarmi suṣṭutim # RV.10.188.2c.
maho mahīṃ suṣṭutim īrayāmi # RV.2.33.8b.
mā triṣṭub vīryam # AB.7.23.3.
mā duṣṭutī vṛṣabha mā sahūtī # RV.2.33.4b.
mānuṣaṃ mānuṣād gupto astu # AVP.5.40.6b.
mā me kṣeṣṭa bahu me pūrtam astu # JG.2.2a. P: mā me kṣeṣṭa JG.2.2. Cf. prec.
māhīnānām upastutam # RV.10.60.1b.
mitra dhiye varuṇa satyam astu # RV.4.1.18d.
mitraṃ devaṃ mitradheyaṃ no astu # TB.3.1.2.1b.
mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devābhyāṃ devatayānuṣṭubhena chandasāgneḥ pakṣam upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.15. See under ānuṣṭubhena chandasā mitrā-.
mitrāvaruṇābhyām ānuṣṭubhābhyām ekaviṃśābhyāṃ vairājābhyāṃ śāradābhyāṃ payasyā (MS. payasyām; VS. vairājābhyāṃ payasyā) # VS.29.60; TS.7.5.14.1; MS.3.15.10: 180.10; KSA.5.10.
mṛtyor me 'bhayaṃ svasti me 'stu # Apś.6.7.2.
mṛdho vy āsthad abhayaṃ no astu # TB.2.5.2.1b. See vy āsthan mṛdho abhayaṃ.
maiṣām agne vāstu bhūn mo apatyam # AVś.7.108.1d.
ya eka it tam u ṣṭuhi # RV.6.45.16a.
yaḥ pūrvyām anuṣṭutim # RV.8.68.7c.
yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ sa ātmānaṃ dveṣṭu # AVś.16.7.5.
yaṃ vṛṣā yam upastutaḥ # RV.1.36.10d.
yac chikṣasi stuvate māvate vasu # SV.1.296c. See yad ditsasi stuvate.
yajurbhir evobhayatotharvāṅgirobhir guptābhir guptai stuta # GB.2.2.14.
yajūṃṣi traiṣṭubhena saha jajñire # GB.1.5.25b.
yajñaṃ vaṣṭu dhiyāvasuḥ # RV.1.3.10c; SV.1.189c; VS.20.84c; MS.4.10.1c: 142.8; KS.4.16c; TB.2.4.3.1c; ā.1.1.4.16c; N.11.26c.
yajñaṃ kalāśastutigopalāyanam (!) # GB.1.5.24d.
yajñaṃ giro jarituḥ suṣṭutiṃ ca # RV.5.43.10c.
yajñasya mātā (SMB. mātaraṃ) suhavā me astu # TB.2.5.3.2b; SMB.2.6.9b. See cittasya mātā.
yajñā yathā apūrva # PB.21.9.16. Comm., ity anuṣṭup.
yajñe-yajña upastutā # RV.1.136.1e.
yajñopavītaṃ balam astu tejaḥ # PG.2.2.10d (crit. notes; see Speijer, Jātakarma, p. 22).
yata ścutad dhutam agnau tad astu # Kś.25.9.14c. See under prec.
yato bhayam abhayaṃ tan (KS.35.1c, abhayatvaṃ) no astu (AVś. asti, by misprint) # AVś.19.3.4c; AVP.1.73.4c; KS.7.12c; 35.1c; TB.1.2.1.9c; Apś.5.5.8c; Mś.1.5.1.16c. See prec.
yatkāmās te juhumas tan no astu (JG. no 'stu) # RV.10.121.10c; AVś.7.79.4c; 80.3c; VS.10.20c; 23.65c; VSK.29.36c; TS.1.8.14.2c; 3.2.5.7c; KS.15.8c; ṣB.1.6.19c; śB.5.4.2.9c; TB.2.8.1.2c; 3.5.7.1c; Tā.10.54c; SMB.2.5.8c; ApMB.2.22.19c; JG.1.4c; N.10.43c. See yasmai kaṃ, and cf. yatkāma idaṃ juhomi.
yat ta āsthitaṃ śam u tat te astu # TB.3.7.13.3c. See yat te viriṣṭaṃ.
yatra kva ca yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu # ṣB.1.5.11. See yaṃ kaṃ ca.
yathāgamaprajñāśrutismṛtivibhavād anukrāntamānād avivādapratiṣṭhād abhayaṃ śaṃ bhave no astu # śG.6.6.16.
yad adaś candramasi kṛṣṇaṃ tad ihāstu # Apś.5.9.7; 16.14.2; 19.11.8. See next.
yad adya tvā puruṣṭuta # RV.6.56.4a.
yad iha ghoraṃ yad iha krūraṃ yad iha pāpaṃ tac chāntaṃ tac chivaṃ sarvam eva śam astu naḥ # AVś.19.9.14.
yad ditsasi stuto magham # RV.4.32.8b; 8.14.4c; AVś.20.27.4c.
yad ditsasi stuvate māvate vasu # RV.8.88.3c. See yac chikṣasi.
yad vāvantha puruṣṭuta # RV.8.66.5a.
yandhi ṣmā vipra stuvate varūtham # RV.7.88.6d.
yamadūta namas te 'stu # PG.3.15.20c.
yaś ca te 'dhipatir yaś ca rakṣitā tābhyāṃ namo astu # MS.2.13.21 (sexies): 166.14; 167.1,3,6,9,12. See yaś cādhipatir.
yaḥ śaṃsate stuvate dhāyi pajraḥ # RV.8.63.12c; VS.33.50c.
yaḥ śaṃsate stuvate śaṃbhaviṣṭhaḥ # RV.5.42.7c.
yas ta ānaḍ upastutim # RV.8.4.6b.
yas te aśvasanir (VSK. yas te deva somāśva-) bhakṣo yo gosanis tasya ta iṣṭayajuṣa stutastomasya śastokthasyopahūtasyopahūto (VSK. -kthasyopahūta upahūtasya) bhakṣayāmi # VS.8.12; VSK.8.7.2; śB.4.4.3.11. P: yas te aśvasaniḥ Kś.10.8.5. Cf. under apsu dhūtasya deva.
yas te deva varuṇa triṣṭupchandāḥ pāśas taṃ ta etenāvayaje # TB.1.4.2.4. See yas te rājan varuṇa triṣṭup-.
yas te rājan varuṇa triṣṭupchandāḥ pāśaḥ kṣatre pratiṣṭhitas taṃ ta etenāvayaje (KS. triṣṭupchandā jagacchandā anuṣṭupchandāḥ pāśas taṃ ta etad avayaje) # MS.2.3.3: 30.11; KS.12.6. See yas te deva varuṇa triṣṭup-.
yas te rājan varuṇa druhaḥ pāśas triṣṭupchandā (also pāśo gāyatrachandāḥ, pāśo jagacchandā, and pāśo 'nuṣṭupchandā) antarikṣam (also pṛthivīm, divam, and diśo) anvāviveśa (once 'nvāviveśa, after diśo) kṣatre (also brahmaṇi, viśi, and paśuṣu) pratiṣṭhitas taṃ ta etad avayaje # KS.17.19.
yas te rājan varuṇānuṣṭupchandāḥ pāśo dikṣu pratiṣṭhitas taṃ ta etenāvayaje # MS.2.3.3: 30.14.
yas tvā jaghāna badhyaḥ so astu # AVś.18.2.31c.
yas tvā pṛtanyād adharaḥ so astu (AVP. 'stu) # AVś.19.46.5d; AVP.4.23.5d.
yasmai kaṃ juhumas tan no astu # MS.2.6.12c: 72.5; 4.14.1c: 215.10. See yatkāmās.
yaḥ sunvate stuvate kāmyaṃ vasu # RV.8.50 (Vāl.2).1c; AVś.20.51.3c.
yā te agne pāvakā tanūr antarikṣam anvāviveśa yā vāte yā vāmadevye yā traiṣṭubhe chandasi yā pañcadaśe stome yā paśuṣu tāṃ ta etad avarundhe # KS.7.14. Cf. next but one.
yā te agne pāvakā yā manasā preyasī priyā tanūs tayā sahāntarikṣam āviśa vāmadevyena sāmnā traiṣṭubhena ca chandasā # Apś.5.26.5. Quasi-metrical.
yā te agne 'psu pāvakā priyā tanūr yāntarikṣe yā vāyau yā vāmadevye yā traiṣṭubhe chandasi tāṃ ta etenāvayaje svāhā # Apś.5.16.4. Cf. prec. but one.
yā te gharmāntarikṣe śug yā triṣṭubhy āgnīdhre sā ta āpyāyatāṃ niṣṭyāyatāṃ tasyai te svāhā # VS.38.18; śB.14.3.1.6. See under gharma yā te 'ntarikṣe śug yā traiṣṭubhe.
yā te gharmāntarikṣe śug yā traiṣṭubhe chandasi yā pañcadaśe stome yāgnīdhre tāṃ ta etad avayaje tasyai svāhā # KA.3.175. See under gharma yā te 'ntarikṣe śug yā traiṣṭubhe.
yāni nakṣatrāṇi divy antarikṣe # AVś.19.8.1a. The hymn occurs also as chapter 26 of the Nakṣatrakalpa; see Ind. Stud. iv. 433, note 2.
yābhir vamraṃ vipipānam upastutam # RV.1.112.15a.
yām āśām emi kevalī sā me astu # AVś.19.3.2c.
yām ṛdhāthe sadhastutim # RV.1.17.9c.
yā śaṃsate stuvate śaṃbhaviṣṭhā # RV.6.62.5c.
yuktas te astu dakṣiṇaḥ # RV.1.82.5a; śG.1.15.8.
yuvaṃ narā stuvate kṛṣṇiyāya # RV.1.117.7a.
yuvaṃ narā stuvate pajriyāya # RV.1.116.7a.
yuvā jeteśānaḥ sa puruṣṭutaḥ # AVś.6.2.3c.
yuvor ṛtaṃ rodasī satyam astu # RV.3.54.3a.
yuṣmāṃ astu dive-dive # see yuṣme etc.
yuṣmākam astu taviṣī tanā yujā # RV.1.39.4c.
yuṣmākam astu taviṣī panīyasī # RV.1.39.2c.
yuṣme (GB. yuṣmāṃ) astu dive-dive # AVś.20.135.10c; AB.6.35.20d; GB.2.6.14c; JB.2.117c; śś.12.19.3d.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar 		"stu" has 93 results.
     
stua term used for the sibilant स् and dental class consonants for thc substitution of the sibilant श् and palatal consonants in respective order confer, compare स्तोः श्चुना श्चुः P. VIII. 4.40.
śabdakaustubhaa treatise on grammar, critically explaining and discuss ing the meaning of Panini's Sutras in the order of the author himselfeminine. the work is written by Bhattoji Diksita and is mainly based on the Mahabhasya.
śabdakaustubhaguṇaa short gloss on Bhatoji's Sabdakaustubha written by a grammarian named इन्द्रदत्तोपाध्याय
śabdakaustubhaṭīkāor शब्दकौस्तुभप्रभा a commentary on Bhattoji's Sabdakaustubha written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde.
śabdkaustubhavyākhyāa commentary on Bhattoji's Sabdakaustubha, named विषमपदव्याख्या a name probably given to a commentary written by Nagesa.
akālaka(1)not limited by any time-factors for its study such as certain periods of the day or the year. (2) not characterized by any technical terms expressive of time such as adyatanī, parokṣā occurring in the ancient Prātiśākhya and grammar works. The term akalika is used by the writers of the Kāśikāvṛtti in connection with the grammar of Pāṇini. confer, compare “पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम्” Kās. on P. II.4.21 explained by the writer of the Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. as पूर्वाणि व्याकरणानि अद्यतनादिकालपरिभाषायुक्तानि तद्रहितम् ।
adhikāragoverning rule consisting of a word (exempli gratia, for example प्रत्ययः, धातोः, समासान्ताः et cetera, and others) or words (exempli gratia, for example ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात्, सर्वस्य द्वे et cetera, and others) which follows or is taken as understood in every following rule upto a particular limit. The meaning of the word अधिकार is discussed at length by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on II.1.1, where he has given the difference between अधिकार and परिभाषा; confer, compare अधिकार: प्रतियोगं तस्यानिर्देशार्थ इति योगे योगे उपतिष्ठते। परिभाषा पुनरेकदेशस्था सती सर्वं शास्त्रमभिज्वलयति प्रदीपवत् । See also Mahābhāṣya on I.3.11, I. 4.49 and IV. I.83. The word or wording which is to repeat in.the subsequent rules is believed to be shown by Pāṇini by characterizing it with a peculiarity of utterance known as स्वरितोच्चार or स्वरितत्वेन उच्चारणम्. The word which is repeated in the following Sūtras is stated to be अधिकृत. The Śabda Kaustubha defines adhikāra as एकंत्रोपात्तस्यान्यत्र व्यापार: अधिकारः Śab. Kaus. on P.1.2.65. Sometimes the whole rule is repeated e. g. प्रत्यय: P.III.1.1, अङ्गस्य P.VI.4.1 समासान्ताः P.V.4.68 while on some occasions a part only of it is seen repeatedition The repetition goes on upto a particular limit which is stated as in असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22, प्राग्रीश्वरान्निपाताः P.I.4.56. Many times the limit is not stated by the author of the Sūtras but it is understood by virtue of a counteracting word occurring later on. On still other occasions, the limit is defined by the ancient traditional interpreters by means of a sort of convention which is called स्वरितत्वप्रतिज्ञा. This अधिकार or governance has its influence of three kinds: ( 1 ) by being valid or present in all the rules which come under its sphere of influence, e. g. स्त्रियाम् or अङ्गस्य; (2) by showing additional properties e. g. the word अपादान being applied to cases where there is no actual separation as in सांकाश्यकेभ्यः पाटलिपुत्रका अभिरूपतराः: (3) by showing additional force such as setting aside even subsequent rules if opposingular. These three types of the influence which a word marked with स्वरित and hence termed अधिकार possesses are called respectively अधिकारगति, अधिक क्रार्य and अधिक कार. For details see M.Bh. on I.3.11. This अधिकार or governing rule exerts its influence in three ways: (1) generally by proceeding ahead in subsequent rules like the stream of a river, (2)sometimes by jumps like a frog omitting a rule or more, and (3)rarely by proceeding backward with a lion's glance; confer, compare सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च ।; गड्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारास्त्रिधा मताः ॥
anubhūtisvarūpācāryaa writer of the twelfth century who wrote a work on grammar called सरस्वती-प्रक्रिया or सारस्वतप्रक्रिया, He has also written धातुपाठ and आख्यातप्रक्रिया. The grammar is a short one and is studied in some parts of India.
abhyaṃkara(BHASKARASHASTRI Abhyankar 1785-1870 A. D. )an eminent scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who prepared a number of Sanskrit scholars in Grammar at Sātārā. He has also written a gloss on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and another one on the Laghu-Śabdenduśekhara. (VASUDEVA SHASTRI Abhyakar 863-1942 A. D.) a stalwart Sanskrit Pandit, who, besides writing several learned commentaries on books in several Sanskrit Shastras, has written a commentary named 'Tattvādarśa' on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and another named 'Guḍhārthaprakāśa' on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara. (KASHINATH VASUDEVA Abhyankar, 1890-) a student of Sanskrit Grammar who has written महाभाष्यप्रस्तावना-खण्ड, and जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति and compiled the परिभाषासंग्रह and the present Dictionary of Sanskrit Grammar.
aṣṭakaanother name for the famous work of Pāṇini popularly called the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.; confer, compare अष्टावध्यायाः परिमाणमस्य सूत्रस्य अष्टकं पाणिनीयम् । दशकं वैयाघ्रपदीयम् । त्रिंकं काशकृत्स्नम् । Kāś on P.IV. 1.58; (2) students of Pāṇini's grammar, e. g. अष्टकाः पाणिनीयाः; confer, compare सूत्राच्च कोपधात् । Kāś. on P.IV. 2. 65.
āpiśala(1)a work of अापिशलि, possibly his grammar; confer, compare आपिशलमधीते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.14; (2) a student of Āpiśali's grammar: आपिशलमधीते आपिशला ब्राह्मणी Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.14: अापिशलपाणिनीयव्याडीयगौतमीयाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 2.36.; confer, compare तथा चापिशलाः पाणिनीयाः पठन्ति-आगमोनुपघातेन विकारश्चोपमर्दनात् । आदेशस्तु प्रसङ्गेन लोपः सर्वापकर्षनात्.
ini(1)kṛt affix इन् applied to the roots क्री with धि, जु with प्र, and the roots जि, दृ, क्षि and others, e. g. सोमविक्रयी, प्रजवी, जयी et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III 2.93 and III.2.156-157: (2) taddhita affix. affix इन् affixed to the word पाण्डुकम्बल in the sense of 'covered with' ( confer, compare P, IV.2.11), in the sense of collection to the word खल exempli gratia, for example खलिनी confer, compare P.IV.2.51, to the word अनुब्राह्मण in sense 'student of' exempli gratia, for example अनुब्राह्मणी confer, compare P.IV.2.62, to the words कर्मन्द and कृशाश्च confer, compare P.IV.3.lll, to the word चूर्ण confer, compare P.IV.4.23 and to the word श्राद्ध confer, compare P.V.2.85 and साक्षात् confer, compare P. V. 2. 91 in specified senses and in the general sense of possession to words ending in अ, cf P. V.2.115-117 and to certain other words confer, compare P.V.2.128-37.
ukthādia class of words headed by the word उक्थ to which the taddhita affix इक (ठक् ) is applied in the sense of 'one who studies and understands'; confer, compare उक्थमधीते वेद वा औक्थिकः, similarly लौकायतिकः Kāś. on P.IV.2.60.
uṇādisūtradaśapādīthe text of the Uṇādi Sūtras divided into ten chapters believed to have been written by शाकटायन. It is printed at the end of the Prakriyā Kaumud and separately also, and is also available in manuscripts with a few differences. Patañjali in his Bhāṣya on P.III.3.1, seems to have mentioned Sakaṭāyana as the author of the Uṇādi Sūtras although it cannot be stated definitely whether there was at that time, a version of the Sūtras in five chapters or in ten chapters or one, completely different from these, as scholars believe that there are many interpolations and changes in the versions of Uṇādi Sūtras available at present. A critical study of the various versions is extremely desirable.
kavikalpadrumaa treatise on roots written by Bopadeva, the son of Keśava and the pupil of Dhaneśa who lived in the time of Hemādri, the Yādava King of Devagiri in the thirteenth century. He has written a short grammar work named Mugdhabodha which has been very popular in Bengal being studied in many Tols or Pāṭhaśālās.
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kātantrapariśiṣṭaascribed to Śrīpatidatta, whose date is not known; from a number of glosses written on this work, it appears that the work was once very popular among students of the Kātantra School.
kāśikā(1)name given to the reputed gloss (वृत्ति) on the Sūtras of Pāṇini written by the joint authors.Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. Nothing definitely can be said as to which portion was written by Jayāditya and which by Vamana, or the whole work was jointly written. Some scholars believe that the work was called Kāśikā as it was written in the city of Kāśī and that the gloss on the first five Adhyāyas was written by Jayāditya and that on the last three by Vāmana. Although it is written in a scholarly way, the work forms an excellent help to beginners to understand the sense of the pithy Sūtra of Pāṇini. The work has not only deserved but obtained and maintained a very prominent position among students and scholars of Pāṇini's grammar in spite of other works like the Bhāṣāvṛtti, the Prakriyā Kaumudi, the Siddhānta Kaumudi and others written by equally learned scholars. Its wording is based almost on the Mahābhāṣya which it has followed, avoiding, of course, the scholarly disquisitions occurring here and there in the Mahābhāṣya. It appears that many commentary works were written on it, the wellknown among them being the Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā or Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Jinendrabuddhi and the Padamañjari by Haradatta. For details see Vyākaraṇamahābhāṣya Vol.VII pp 286-87 published by the D. E. Society, Poona. ( 2 ) The name Kāśikā is sometimes found given to their commentaries on standard works of Sanskrit Grammar by scholars, as possibly they were written at Kāśī; as for instance, (a) Kāśikā on Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra by Hari Dīkṣita, and ( b ) Kāśikā on Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Vaidyanātha Pāyaguṇḍe.
kṛṣṇamitraa scholar of grammar and nyāya of the 17th century A.D. who wrote many commentary works some of which are (l) a commentary called Ratnārṇava on the Siddhānta-Kaumudī, (2) a commentary named Kalpalata on Bhaṭṭoji's Prauḍhamanoramā, (3) a commentary named Bhāvadīpa on Bhaṭṭoji's Śabdakaustubha of Bhaṭṭojī Dīkṣita., (4) a commentary on Nagojibhaṭṭa's Laghumañjūṣā of Nāgeśa.by name Kuñcikā and (5) a commentary on Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa.
kramādia class of words headed by the word क्रम to which the taddhita affix अक (वुञ् ) is added in the sense of 'one who studies and understands'; e. g. क्रमकः, पदकः, मीमांसकः, शिक्षकः et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāś. on IV. 2.61.
golḍsṭyūkaraa well known German scholar who made a sound study of Paini's Sanskrit Vyakarana and wrote a very informative treatise entitled 'Panini, his place in Sanskrit Literature.' He lived in the latter half of the 19th century.
ṭhaka very common taddhita affix. affix इक, or क in case it is added to words ending in इस् , उस् , उ, ऋ, ल् and त् according to P. VII. 3. 51, causing the substitution of vrddhi for the first vowel of the word to which it is addedition ठक् is added to (1) रेवती and other words in the sense of descendant ( अपत्य ) e. g. रैवतिकः:, दाण्डग्राहिकः, गार्गिकः, भागवित्तिकः यामुन्दायनिकः, confer, compare P. IV. 1.146-149; (2) to the words लाक्षा,रोचना et cetera, and others in the sense of 'dyed in', e. g. लाक्षिकम्, रौचनिकम् ; confer, compare P. IV. 2.2; (3) to the words दधि and उदश्वित् in the sense of संस्कृत 'made better ', e. g. दाधिकम् , औदश्वित्कम् ( क instead of इक substituted for टक् ), confer, compare P. IV.2. 18, 19; (4) to the words अाग्रहायुणी, अश्वत्थ et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 22, 23; (5) to words expressive of inanimate objects, to the words हस्ति and धेनु, as also to the words केश and अश्व in the sense of 'multitude '; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 47, 48; (6) to the words क्रतु, उक्थ and words ending in सूत्र, वसन्त et cetera, and others, in the sense of 'students of' ( तदधीते तद्वेद ), confer, compare P. IV. 2.59, 60, 63; (7) to the words कुमुद and others as also to शर्करा as a चातुरर्थिक affix; confer, compare P. IV. 2.80, 84; (8) to the words कन्था, भवत् and वर्षा in the Saisika senses; confer, compare P. IV. 2.102, 115, IV. 3.18; (9) to the words उपजानु and others in the sense 'generally present '; confer, compare P. IV. 3. 40; (10) to the words consisting of two syllables, and the words ऋक्, ब्राह्मण et cetera, and othersin the sense of 'explanatory literary work'; confer, compare P. IV.3.72: ( 11) to words meaning 'sources of income ' in the sense of 'accruing from’; confer, compare P. IV. 3.75; (12) to words denoting inanimate things excepting words showing time or place in the sense of ' भक्ति ', cf P. IV. 8.96; and (13) to the words हल् and सीर in the sense of 'belonging to', confer, compare P. IV. 3.124. The taddhita affix. affix ठक् is added as a general termination, excepting in such cases where other affixes are prescribed, in specified senses like 'तेन दीव्यति, ' 'तेन खनति,' 'तेन संस्कृतम्' et cetera, and others; cf P. IV. 4.1-75, as also to words हल, सीर, कथा, विकथा, वितण्डा et cetera, and others in specified senses, confer, compare P. IV.4. 81, 102 ठक् is also added as a general taddhita affix. affix or अधिकारविहितप्रत्यय, in various specified senses, as prescribed by P. V.1.19-63,and to the words उदर, अयःशूल,दण्ड, अजिन, अङ्गुली, मण्डल, et cetera, and others and to the word एकशाला, in the prescribed senses; confer, compare P. V. 2.67,76, V. 3.108,109; while, without making any change in sense it is added to अनुगादिन् , विनय, समय, उपाय ( औपयिक being the word formed), अकस्मात्, कथंचित्; (confer, compareआकस्मिक काथंचित्क), समूह,विशेष, अत्यय and others, and to the word वाक् in the sense of 'expressed'; confer, compare P. V. 4.13, 34, 35. The feminine. affix ङीप् ( ई ) is added to words ending in the affix टक् to form feminine. bases.
ḍhinuktaddhita affix. affix एयिन् applied to the word छगलिन् in the sense of 'students following the text of ' e. g. छागलेयिनः in the sense छगलिना प्रोक्तमधीयते ते; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.109.
ṇinikrt affix इन् signifying vrddhi (1) applied to the roots headed by ग्रह् ( i. e. the roots ग्रह्, उद्वस्, स्था et cetera, and others ) in the sense of an agent;e. g. ग्राही, उद्वासी, स्थायी. confer, compare P. III.1.134; (2) applied to the root हन् preceded by the word कुमार or शीर्ष as उपपद: e. g. कुमारघाती, शीर्षघाती, confer, compare P. III.2.51: (3) applied to any root preceded by a substantive as upapada in the sense of habit, or when compari son or vow or frequency of action is conveyed, or to the root मन्, with a substantive as उपपद e. gउष्णभोजी, शीतभोजी, उष्ट्रकोशी, ध्वाङ्क्षरावीः स्थण्डिलशायी, अश्राद्धभोजीः क्षीरपायिण उशीनराः; सौवीरपायिणो वाह्रीकाः: दर्शनीयमानी, शोभनीयमानी, confer, compare P. III.2.78-82; (4) applied to the root यज् preceded by a word referring to the करण of यागफल as also to the root हन् preceded by a word forming the object ( कर्मन् ) of the root हन् , the words so formed referring to the past tense: e. g. अग्निष्टो याजी, पितृव्याघाती, confer, compare P. III 2.85, 86; (5) applied to a root when the word so formed refers to a kind of necessary activity or to a debtor; confer, compare अवश्यंकारी, शतंदायी, सहस्रदायी confer, compare P. III.4. 169-170: (6) tad-affix इन् , causing vrddhi for the first vowel, applied to the words काश्यप and कौशिक referring to ancient sages named so, as also to words which are the names of the pupils of कलापि or of वैशम्पायन, as also to the words शुनक, वाजसनेय et cetera, and others in the sense of 'students learning what has been traditionally spoken by those sages' e. g. काश्यपिनः, ताण्डिनः, हरिद्रविणः शौनकिनः, वाजसनेयिनः et cetera, and others; cf P. IV.3, 103 104, 106; (7) applied to words forming the names of ancient sages who are the speakers of ancient Brahmana works in the sense of 'pupils studying those works' as also to words forming the names of sages who composed old Kalpa works in the sense of those कल्प works; e. g. भाल्लविनः, एतरेयिणः । पैङ्गी कल्पः अरुणपराजी कल्पः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.105: (8) applied to the words पाराशर्य and शिलालिन् in the sense of 'students reading the Bhiksusutras (of पाराशार्य) and the Nata sutras ( of शिलालिन् ) respectively; e. g. पाराशरिणो भिक्षव:, शैलालिनो नटाः: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.110.
dayānandasarasvatia brilliant Vedic scholar of the nineteenth century belonging to North India who established on a sound footing the study of the Vedas and Vyakarana and encouraged the study of Kasikavrtti. He has written many books on vedic studies.
darpaṇāname of a commentary on the Sabdakaustubha, written by Mannudeva or Mantudeva of the nineteenth century.
daśakaa name given to the treatise on grammar written by व्याघ्रपाद which consisted of 10 chapters; confer, compare दशकं वैयाघ्रपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P V. 1.58. The word also means students reading the work दशक; confer, compare दशका वैयाघ्रपदीया: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.2.65.
dānīmtaddhita affix. affix called विभक्ति, applied word also means students reading the work दशक; confer, compare दशका वैयाघ्रपदीया: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.2.65.
naṣṭarūpāname given to an anustup verse which has nine, ten and eleven syllables respectively for the first, second and third feet; exempli gratia, for example विपृच्छामि पाक्यान् देवान् Ṛgveda, Ṛk. Saṁh=Ṛgveda-saṁhita.I.120.4; confer, compare R.Pr. XVI. 29. The verse has got 32 syllables, but it has only three feet instead of four.
nāgeśathe most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.
niruktaname of a class of works which were composed to explain the collections of Vedic words by means of proposing derivations of those words from roots as would suit the sense. The Nirukta works are looked upon as supplementary to grammar works and there must have been a good many works of this kind in ancient times as shown by references to the writers of these viz. Upamanyu, Sakatayana,Sakapuni,Sakapurti and others, but, out of them only one work composed by Yaska has survived; the word, hence has been applied by scholars to the Nirukta of Yaska which is believed to have been written in the seventh or the eighth century B. C. i. e. a century or two before Panini. The Nirukta works were looked upon as subsidiary to the study of the Vedas along with works on phonetics ( शिक्षा ), rituals ( कल्प ), grammar (व्याकरण) prosody (छन्दस्) and astronomy(ज्योतिष)and a mention of them is found made in the Chandogyopanisad. As many of the derivations in the Nirukta appear to be forced and fanciful, it is doubtful whether the Nirukta works could be called scientific treatises. The work of Yaska, however, has got its own importance and place among works subsidiary to the Veda, being a very old work of that kind and quoted by later commentators. There were some glosses and commentary works written upon Yaska's Nirukta out of which the one by Durgacarya is a scholarly one.It is doubtful whether Durgacarya is the same as Durgasimha, who wrote a Vrtti or gloss on the Katantra Vyakarana. The word निरुक्त is found in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'explained' and not in the sense of derived; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV 6; V.Pr. IV. 19, 195.
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
paribhāṣenduśekharathe reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
puruṣottamavidyāvāgīśaa famous grammarian of Bengal, who wrote the grammar work Prayogaratnamala in the fifteenth century. The work betrays a deep study and scholarship of the writer in the Mantrasāstra.
prabhā(1)name of a commentary on the Sabdakaustubha by Raghavendracarya Gajendragadkar; (2) name of a commentary on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa.
prayogaratnamālāname of a recognised treatise on grammar written by पुरुषोत्तमविद्यावागीश of Bengal in the fourteenth century. The treatise explains many words which, although current in language and literature, cannot be easily formed by rules of grammar. The author has tried to form them by applying rules of grammar given in the grammatical systems of Panini and Katantra. The alphabet given in this treatise is according to the system of the Tantra Sastra which shows a scholarship of the author in that branch The grammar was studied much in Bengal and Assam.
prayojanaobject, motive or purpose in undertaking a particular thing; the word is used although rarely, in the sense of a cause also; confer, compare इमान्यस्य प्रयोजनानि अध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1. For the advantages of the study of Vyakarana, see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1. See also Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII pp.226,227, D.E. Society's edition.
prauḍhamanoramāpopularly called मनोरमा also; the famous commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi of Bhattoji Diksita written by the author himself to explain fully in a scholarly manner the popular grammar written by him; , the word प्रौढमनेारमा is used in contrast with बालमनोरमा another commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi by Vasudevadiksita. On account of the difficult nature of it, it is usual to read the प्रौढमनेारमा upto the end of the Karaka-prakarana only in the Sanskrit PathaSalas before the study of the Sabdendusekhara and the Paribhsendusekhara is undertaken.
prauḍhamanoramāṭīkāa commentary on Bhattoji DikSita's Praudhamanorama written by Bhattoji's grandson Hari Diksita. The commentary is called लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न which is an abridgment of the author's work बृहच्छब्दरत्न. The Laghusabdaratna is widely studied along with the Praudhamanorama in the Pathasalas.
bālaṃbhaṭṭa( बाळंभट्ट )surnamed Payagunda or Payagunde, who has written a commentary on the commentary Mitaksara on the याज्ञवल्क्यस्मृति. Some scholars say that he was also a great grammarian and identical with वैद्यनाथ पायगुंडे who has written the commentary काशिका or गदा on the Paribhasendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the Laghusabdendusekhara and commentaries on the Vaiyakaranabhusana,Sabdakaustubha and Bhasyapradipoddyota. Other scholars believe that Balambhatta was the son of Vaidyanatha and that he wrote only the commentary on Mitaksara called Balambhatti after him. (2) There was also a comparatively modern grammarian of Tanjore who has written small grammar works बालबोधिनी and बालरञ्जनी.
bṛhacchabdaratnaa learned commentary on the commentary मनोरमा of भट्टोजीदीक्षित; the commentary was written by हरिदीक्षित the grandson of Bhattoji. The work is called बृहच्छब्दरत्न in contrast with the लघुशब्दरत्न of the same author (हरिदीक्षित) which is generally studied at the Pathasalas all over the country. The work बृहच्छब्दरत्न is only in a Manuscript form at present. Some scholars believe that it was written by Nagesabhatta, who ascribed it to his preceptor Hari Diksita, but the belief is not correct as proved by a reference in the Laghusabdaratna, where the author himself remarks that he himself has written the बृहच्छब्दरत्न, and internal evidences show that लबुशब्दरत्न is sometimes a word-forword summary of the बृहच्छब्दरत्न. confer, compareविस्तरस्तु अस्मत्कृते बृहच्छब्दरत्ने मदन्तेवासिवृतलधुशब्देन्दुशेखरे च द्रष्टव्यः Laghusabdaratna. For details see Bhandarkar Ins. Journal Vol. 32 pp.258-60.
bhaṭṭojīsurnamed Diksita; a stalwart grammarian of the Panini system who flourished in the first half of the seventeenth century and wrote many independent books and commentaries such as the Siddhantakaumudi, the Praudhamanorama, the Vaiyakaranasiddhantakarika, the Sabdakaustubha and others. The most reputed work out of these, however, is the Siddhantakaumudi which is very popular even today and which has almost set aside other works of its kind such as the Prakriyakaumudi and others. Bhattoji was a Telagu Brahmana, as generally believed, and although he belonged to the South, he made Varanasi his home where he prepared a school of learned Grammarians. Although he carried on his work silently in Varanasi, he was envied by the reputed rhetorician of his time Pandita Jagannātha, who criticised his work ( Bhattojis work ) named Manorama very severely. See प्रौढमनोरमा a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got many commentaries of which the Tattvabodhini written by Bhattoji's pupil Jnanendrasarasvati is appreciated much by learned grammarians.
bhāṇḍārakara[ Sir Ramakrishna Gopal Bhandarkar 1837-1925 A. D. ]a well-known scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who has written learned articles on many grammatical topics. He was a distinguished Professor of Sanskrit in the latter half of the nineteenth century. He was one of the pioneers of Sanskrit studies in India.
bhāvadīpaname of a commentary on the Ṡabdakaustubha by कृष्णमिश्र.
bhāskaraśāstrīsurnamed Abhyankar (1785-1870) a great grammarian in the line of the pupils of Nāgeśa who was educated at Poona and lived at Sātārā. He taught many pupils, a large number of whom helped the spread of Vyākaraṇa studies even in distant places of the country, such as Vārāṇasi and others. For details see Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona. pp. 27-29, D. E. Society's Edition.
mañjūṣāa popular name given to the work परमलघुमञ्जूषा of Nāgeśa on अर्थप्रक्रिया (science or method of interpretation) in Vyākaraṇa, which is generally read by advanced students. Nāgeśa has also written a bigger work on the same subject लघुमञ्जूषा which sometimes is also referred to by the word मञ्जूषा.
madhyakaumudīcalled also मध्यमकौमुदी a work on grammar which is an abridgment, to a certain extent, of Bhaṭṭojī's Siddhāntakaumudī. The treatise was written by Varadarāja, a pupil of Bhaṭṭojī for facilitating the study of the Siddhānta-kaumudi.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mahābhāṣyapradīpaa very scholarly commentary on Patanjali's MahabhaSya written by Kaiyatabhatta in the eleventh century, The commentary has so nicely explained every difficult and obscure point in the Mahabhasya, and has so thoroughly explained each sentence that the remark of later grammarians that the torch of the Mahabhasya has been kept burning by the Pradipa appears quite apt and justifiedition Kaiyata's commentary has thrown much additional light on the original arguments and statements in the Mahabhasya. There is a learned commentary on the Pradipa written by Nagesabhatta which is named vivarana by the author but which is well known by the name 'Uddyota' among students and teachers of Vyakarana. For details see pp. 389, 390 Vol VII, Patanjala Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
rāghavendracārya( गजेन्द्रगडकर)a famous scholar of Grammar in the nineteenth century, who taught many pupils and wrote some commentary works, the well-known being प्रभा on the Sabdakaustubha, विषमपदव्याख्या on the Laghusabdendusekhara and त्रिपथगा on the Paribhisendusekhara. For details see p. 27 Vyakarana Mahbhasya Vol. VII D. E. Society's Edition.
rāmanātha( विद्यावाचस्पति )a Sanskrit scholar of the 17th century who studied Vyakarana,. Dharma, Alamkara and other Sastras and wrote a grammar work कातन्त्ररहस्य, besides many books on other Sastras.
rauḍhīyaa term jocularly used with the word घृत preceding it,for students of a famous scholar named धृतरौढि; confer, compare ओदनपाणिनीया: घृतरौर्ढायाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. 1.1.73.
laghuśabdaratnaname of a commentary on Bhațțoji's Manoramā by his grandson Hari Dīkşita, which is generally read together with the Manoramā, by students upto the end of the Kāraka Chapter after they have completely read and mastered the Siddhāntakaumudī. The commentary is called लघुशब्दरत्न which dlfferentiates it from the बृहच्छब्दरत्न written by the same author viz. Hari Dīkşita.
laghuśabdenduśekharaname of a commentary on Bhațțojī's Siddhāntakaumudī written by Nāgeśa Bhațța, the stalwart Grammarian of the eighteenth century. The work is named लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर which differentiates it from the author's another work बृहच्छब्देन्दुशेखर of which the former is an abridgment. As the study of the Laghuśabdenduśekhara is very common and as the Bŗhatśabdenduśekhara is seldom studied, it is always the Laghuśabdenduśekhara that is understood by the simple and popular name Śekhara.
lībiś[ LIEBICH, BRUNO ]a European grammarian belonging to Breslau who lived in the last quarter of the nineteenth and the first quarter of the twentieth century. He made a critical study of Sanskrit grammar and edited | the Cāndra Vyākaraņa and the Kșīratarańgiņī.
vasantādia class of words headed by the word वसन्त, which are mostly names of seasons, to which the affix इक (ठक्) is added in the sense of 'that which one studies or knows'; confer, compareवसन्तसहचरितोयं ग्रन्थो वसन्तस्तमधीते वासन्तिकः 1 वार्षिक: Kas on P. IV. 2.63.
viśrāntavidyādharaname of a grammar work of a general type which once occupied a prominent position and was studied as a text book of grammar, representing an independent system. The work is referred to by Hemacandra and Haribhadra. It is attributed to Vāmana who may be the same as one of the joint writers of the Kāśikāvṛtti. In that case the date of the work is the 7th century A. D.;confer, compare the popular verse परेत्र पाणिनीयज्ञाः केचित्कालपकोविदा: । एकेकं विश्रान्तविद्याः स्युरन्ये संक्षिप्तसारकाः quoted in Vol.VII p. 388 Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya D.E. Society's edition.
vuñ(ID taddhita affix. affix अक causing vṛddhi to the vowel of the first syllable of that word to which it is added, as prescribed, (a) to the words denoting an offspring as also to the words उक्ष, उष्ट्र et cetera, and othersin the sense of 'a group'; e. g. अोपगवकम् , औष्ट्रकम् , कैदारकम् et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.IV.2.39, 40; (b) to the words राजन्य and others in the sense of 'inhabited country' ; e. g. राजन्यकः देवनायकः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. IV.2.53, (c) to the words headed by अरीहण such as द्वुघण, खदिर्, मैत्रायण, काशकृत्स्न et cetera, and others in the quadruple senses; exempli gratia, for example अारीहणकम् , द्रौबणकम् , confer, compare P.IV.2.80, (d) to the word धन्व meaning a desert, to words with य् or र for their penultimate, to words ending in प्रस्थ, पुर and वह as also to words headed by धूम, नगर, अरण्य कुरु, युगन्धर et cetera, and others, under certain conditions in the miscellaneous senses; e. g. सांकाश्यकः,पाटलिपुत्रकः, माकन्दकः, आङ्गकः, वाङ्गकः, धौमकः, नागरकः, अारण्यकः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.IV.2.121-130,134,135, 136; (e) to the words शरद् , आश्वयुजी, ग्रीष्म, वसन्त, संवत्सर,अाग्रहायणी and others in the specific senses given: confer, compare P. IV. 3.27, 45, 46, 49, 50; (f) to words denoting descendence or spiritual relation, words meaning families and warrior clans, words कुलाल and others, words meaning clans, and students learning a specific Vedic branch in specific senses prescribed : e. g. आचार्यक, मातामहक, ग्लौचुकायनक, कालालक, काठक, कालापक et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 3.77, 99, 118, 126; (g) to the words शाकल, उष्ट्र, उमा and ऊर्णा in the specially given senses; exempli gratia, for example शाकलः, संघः, औप्ट्रकः, औमम् और्णम्, confer, compareP.IV.3.188,157,158; (h) to words with य् as the penultimate, and a long vowel preceding the last one, to words in the dvandva compound, and to the words मनोज्ञ, कल्याण and others in the sense of 'nature' or 'profession';e.g रामणीयकम् गौपालपशुपालिका, गार्गिका, काठिका etc; confer, compare P. V.1.132,133,134: (2) kṛt affix अक added to the roots निन्द् हिंस् and others, and to the roots देव् and कृश् with a prefix before,in the sense of a habituated,professional or skilled agent; exempli gratia, for example. निन्दकः, परिक्षेपकः, असूयकः, परिदेवकः, आक्रोशकः et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III.2. 146, 147.
vun(1)kṛt affix अक added to the roots प्रु, सृ, and लू in the sense of 'a skilled agent' and to any root in the sense of 'an agent who is blessed'; exempli gratia, for example प्रवकः, सरकः, लवकः, जीवकः ( meaning जीवतात् ) नन्दकः, ( meaning नन्दतात् ); confer, compare P. III. 1. 149, 150; (2) taddhita affix. affix अक added to(a) the words क्रम and others in the sense of 'a student of'; e.g, क्रमक:, पदकः शिक्षकः मीमांसकः; confer, compare P.IV.2.61; (b) the words पूर्वाह्न, अपराह्ण et cetera, and others as also the words पथिन् and अमावास्या in the sense of 'produced in': exempli gratia, for example पूर्वाह्नक,पन्थक, अमावास्यकः confer, compare P. IV.3. 28, 29, 30; (c) the words कलापि, अश्वत्य, यव and बुस in the sense of 'debt paid at the time of', the words वासुदेव and अर्जुन in the sense of 'devoted to',and the dvandva compounds when the words so formed mean either 'enmity' or 'nuptial ties';exempli gratia, for example कलापकम् (ऋणम्),यवकम् (ऋणम्) वासुदेवकः, अर्जुनकः, काकोलूकिका, कुत्सकुशिकिका; confer, compareP.IV.3.48, 98,125: (d) the words गोषद, इषेत्व et cetera, and others in the sense of 'containing' or 'possessing', and the word पथिन् in the sense of 'expert' exempli gratia, for example इषेत्वकः, पथक:; confer, compareP.V.2.62, 63; and (e) the words पाद and शत preceded by a numeral, in the sense of वीप्सा, as also in the senses of दण्ड (fine) and व्यवसर्ग when those words are preceded by a numeral; exempli gratia, for example द्विपदिकां ( ददाति ), द्विशतिकां ( ददाति ), द्विपदिकां दाडितः confer, compare Kāś. on P. V.4.l and 2.
vaidyanāthaVaidyanatha Payagunde, a famous grammarian of the eighteenth century, who was one of the chief pupils of Nagesa and who prepared a line of pupils at Varanasi. He has written learned commentaries on standard works on grammar, the principal ones being the Prabha on the Sabdakaustubha, the Bhavaprakasika on the Brhaccabdendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the LaghuSabdendusekhara, the Kasika or Gada on the Paribhasendusekhara and an independent short treatise named Rapratyaya-khandana
vaiyākaraṇaliterally a student of grammar; व्याकरणमधीते वैयाकरण: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV, 2.59. The word is used in the sense of 'a scholar of Grammar;'or, 'a person who has obtained proficiency in Grammar.' The word is used several times in this sense in the Mahabhasya. cf Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.3; I.4.2, II. 1.53, II.2.29, II.3.18, II.4.56, III.2.115 et cetera, and others The word is also used in the sense of 'pertaining to grammar' or 'found in grammar.'
vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇaa well-known work on the grammatical interpretation of words written by Kondabhatta as an explanatory work (व्याख्यान) on the small work in verse consisting of only 72 Karikas written by his uncle Bhattoji Diksita. The treatise is also named Brihadvaiyakaranabhusana. A smaller work consisting of the same subjectmatter but omitting discussions, is written by the author for facilitating the understanding of students to which he has given the name Vaiyakarahabhusanasara. This latter work has got three commentary works written on it named Kasika, Kanti and Matonmajja and one more scholarly one Sankari, recently written by Shankar Shastri Marulkar.
veyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāraa slightly abridged form of the Vaiyakaranabhusana by the author Kondabhatta himself for students and beginners. It consists of the same number of fourteen chapters as the main treatise, which are given the name Nirnaya. See vaiyākaranabhusana.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikāa very scholarly work by Bhattoji Diksita on the interpretation of words and sentences, based upon the learned discussions on that subject introduced in the Mahabhasya, Vakyapadiya, Pradipa, et cetera, and others and discussed fully in his Sabdakaustubha by the author himselfeminine. The work although scholarly and valuable, is compressed in only 72 verses ( karikas ) and has to be understood with the help of the Vaiyakaranabhusana or BhuSansara written by Kondabhatta, the nephew of the author. See वैयाकरणभूषण and वैयाकरणभूषणसार.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaimudīan extremely popular work on the subject of Sanskrit grammar written for the use of students, which, although difficult at a few places, enables the students by its careful study to get a command over the subject. and enable him to read other higher works on grammar. The work is based on the Astadhyayi of Panini without omitting a single Sutra. The arrangement of the Sutras is, entirely different, as the author, for the sake of facility in understanding, has divided the work into different topics and explained the Sutras required for the topic by bringing them together in the topic. The main topics or Prakaranas are twelve in number, viz. (1) संज्ञापरिभाषा, (2) पञ्चसंधि, (3) सुबन्त or षड्लिङ्ग, (4) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, (5) कारक, (6) समास, (7) तद्धित, (8) तिङन्त, (9) प्रक्रिया, (10) कृदन्त, (11) वैदिकी and (12) स्वर which are sometimes styled as व्याकरणद्वादशी. The work is generally known by the term सिद्धान्तकौमुदी, or even कौमुदी, and it has got a large number of scholarly and ordinary commentaries as also commentaries on commentaries, all numbering a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. twelve, and two abridgments the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi. The work was written by the reputed scholar Bhattoji Diksita of Varanasi in the seventeenth century. See Bhattoji Diksita.
vyākaraṇādhyayanaprayojanathe purpose of the study of Grammar which is beautifully summed up and discussed in the first Ahnika by Patanjali in his Mahabhasya.
vyāḍīyaname given to the pupils and students belonging to the school of Vyadi; confer, compare M.Bh, on P.VI.2.36.
vhiṭne[ WHITNEY, WILLIAM DWIGHT, 1827-1894]a sound scholar of Vedic grammar who has, besides some books on Linguistic studies, written a work on Vedic Grammar and edited the Atharvaveda Pratisakhya.
śabdaratnaname of a scholarly gloss written by Haridiksita on the Manorama, a commentary by Bhattoji Diksita on his own Siddhantakaumudi. The proper name of the commentary is लघुशब्दरत्न of which शब्दरत्न is an abridged form.The commentary लघुशब्दरत्न is generally studied along with the Manorama by students.There is a bigger work named बृहच्छब्दरत्न written by Hari Diksita, of which the लधुशद्वरत्न is an abridgment.
śabdarūpāvalia very brief treatise on declension giving the forms of the seven cases of a few choice-words. The work is studied as the first elementary work and is very common without the name of any specific author.There are different works named शब्दरूपावलि giving declensions of different words which are all anonymous, although from the dates of manuscripts mentioned, they appear to be more than five or six hundred years old.
śarvavarmāa reputed grammarian who is believed to have been a contemporary of the poet Gunadhya in the court of Satavahana. He wrote the Grammar rules which are named the Katantra Sutras which are mostly based on the Sutras of Panini. In the grammar treatise named 'the Katantra Sutra' written by Sarvavarman the Vedic section and all the intricacies and difficult elements are carefully and scrupulously omitted by him, with a view to making his grammar useful for beginners and students of average intelligence.
śikṣāgeneral name given to a work on Phonetics. Although there are many such works which are all called शिक्षा, the work, which is often referred to, by the word, is the Siksa named पाणिनीयशिक्षा, about the authorship of which, however, there is a doubt whether it was the work of Panini or of somebody belonging to his school. The Siksa works are helpful, no doubt, for the study of grammar, but no topic belonging to Siksa is given by Panini which apparently means that these works do not come under the subject or province of Grammar. The reason why the Siksa topics are not given by Panini, is worth consideration. These Siksa works are not specifically related to a particular Veda and it cannot be said whether they preceded or succeeded the Pratisakhya works.
śiṣṭa(1)cultured and learned people who want to speak correctly and who therefore have studied gra mmar; confer, compare के पुनः शिष्टा: | वैयाकरणाः | कुत एतत् | शास्त्रपूर्विका हि शिष्टिवैयाकरणाश्च शास्त्रज्ञा: | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 1.109; (2) enjoined, prescribed; confer, compare विपर्ययो ध्रुवशिष्टेSपरेषाम् | R.Pr.VI.120.
śeṣa(l)any other senses than what are given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare शेषे P.IV.2.92: (2) surname of a reputed family of grammarians belonging to Southern India which produced many grammarians, from the fifteenth century to the eighteenth century. Ramacandra Sesa was the first grammarian in the family who wrote the Prakriyakaumudi in the fifteenth century. His descendants developed the system of studying grammar by the study of topics as given in the Prakriya Kaumudi and wrote several works of the nature of glosses and comments.
śrutakevalina term of a very great honour given to such Jain monks as have almost attained perfection; the term is used in connection with Palyakirti Sakatayana, the Jain grammarian शाकटायन, whose works शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and its presentation in a topical form named शाकटायनप्रक्रिया are studied at the present day in some parts of India. See शाकटायन a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
ṣikantaddhita affix. affix इक added to the word पथिन् in the sense of ' a student of' or ' a scholar of ' when the word पथिन् is preceded by the word शत or षष्टि. e. g. शतपथिकः, शतपथिकी । confer, compare शतषष्टेः षिकन् पथ: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. [I. 2.60.
saṃkṣiptasāraname of a complete grammar-work written by क्रमदीश्वर for facility of study. This grammar appears to have been written before the time of कैयटं or हेमचन्द्र, as can be seen from the popular stanza परेत्र पाणिनयिज्ञा: केचित् कालापकोविदा; ।| एके विश्रान्तविद्याः स्युरन्ये संक्षिप्तसारका; ll
saṃvādacintāmaṇiname of a small treatise on roots and their meanings written by : a grammarian named इन्द्रदत्तोपाध्याय who has also written a commentary on the Sabdakaustubha called कौस्तुभगुण and सिद्धान्तकौमुदीगूढफक्किकाप्रकाश,
saṃhitāposition of words or parts of words in the formation ofa word quite near each other which results into the natural phonetic coalescence of the preceding and the following letters. Originally when the Vedic hymns or the running prose passages of the Yajurveda were split up into their different constituent parts namely the words or padas by the Padakaras, the word संहिता or संहितापाठ came into use as contrasted with the पदपाठ. The writers of of the Pratisakhyas have conseguently defined संहिता as पदप्रकृतिः संहिता, while Panini who further split up the padas into bases ( प्रकृति ) and affixes ( प्रत्यय ) and mentioned several augments and substitutes, the phonetic combinations, which resulted inside the word or pada, had to be explained by reason of the close vicinity of the several phonetic units forming the base, the affix, the augment, the substitute and the like, and he had to define the word संहृिता rather differently which he did in the words परः संनिकर्षः संहिता; cf P.I.4.109: confer, compare also संहितैकपदे नित्या नित्या धातूपसर्गयोः । नित्य समासे वाक्ये तु सा विवक्षामपेक्षते Sabdakaustubha on Maheshvara Sutra 5.1.
samāsaplacing together of two or more words so as to express a composite sense ; compound composition confer, compare पृथगर्थानामेकार्थीभावः समासः। Although the word समास in its derivative sense is applicable to any wording which has a composite sense (वृत्ति), still it is by convention applied to the समासवृत्ति only by virtue of the Adhikarasutra प्राक् कडारात् समास: which enumerates in its province the compound words only. The Mahabhasyakara has mentioned only four principal kinds of these compounds and defined them; confer, compare पूर्वपदार्थ प्रधानोव्ययीभावः। उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः। अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः । उभयपदार्थप्रधानो द्वन्द्वः । M.Bh. on P.II.1.6; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.II.1.20, II.1.49,II.2.6, II.4.26, V.1.9. Later grammarians have given many subdivisions of these compounds as for example द्विगु, कर्मधारय and तत्पुरुष (with द्वितीयातत्पुरुष, तृतीयातत्पुरुष et cetera, and othersas also अवयवतत्पुरुष, उपपदतत्पुरुष and so on) समानाधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, व्यधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, संख्याबहुवीहि, समाहारद्वन्द्व, इतरेतरद्वन्द्व and so on. समासचक्र a short anonymous treatise on compounds which is very popular and useful for beginners. The work is attributed to वररुचि and called also as समासपटल. The work is studied and committed to memory by beginners of Sanskrit ] studies in the PathaSalas of the old type.
sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇacalled also सरस्वतीसूत्र, name of a voluminous grammar work ascribed to king Bhoja in the eleventh century. The grammar is based very closely on Panini's Astadhyayi, consisting of eight chapters or books. Although the affixes, the augments and the substitutes are much the same, the order of the Sutras is considerably changedition By the anxiety of the author to bring together, the necessary portions of the Ganapatha, the Unadiptha and the Paribhasas, which the author' has included in his eight chapters, the book instead of being easy to understand, has lost the element of brevity and become tedious for reading. Hence it is that it is not studied widely. For details see pp. 392, 393 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
sāṃgrahasūtrikaa student of संग्रहसूत्र; the word occurs in the Mahabhasya along with वार्तिकसूत्रिक, and it may therefore mean a student of the stupendous work named the Samgraha of व्याडि which is believed to have consisted of small numerous sutralike assertions, with an exhaustive gloss thereon. See संग्रह.
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
sphoṭaname given to the radical Sabda which communicates the meaning to the hearers as different from ध्वनि or the sound in ordinary experience.The Vaiyakaranas,who followed Panini and who were headed by Bhartihari entered into discussions regarding the philosophy of Grammar, and introduced by way of deduction from Panini's grammar, an important theory that शब्द which communicates the meaning is different from the sound which is produced and heard and which is merely instrumental in the manifestation of an internal voice which is called Sphota.स्फुटयतेनेन अर्थः: इति स्फोटः or स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायमादुपजायते Vakyapadiya; confer, compare also अभिव्यक्तवादको मध्यमावस्थ आन्तर: शब्द: Kaiyata's Pradipa. For, details see Vakyapadiya I and Sabdakaustubha Ahnika 1. It is doubtful whether this Sphota theory was. advocated before Panini. The word स्फोटायन has been put by Panini in the rule अवङ् स्फोटायनस्य only incidentally and, in fact, nothing can be definitely deduced from it although Haradatta says that स्फोटायन was the originator of the स्फोटवाद. The word स्फोट is not actually found in the Pratisakhya works. However, commentators on the Pratisakhya works have introduced it in their explanations of the texts which describe वर्णोत्पत्ति or production of sound; confer, compare commentary on R.Pr.XIII.4, T.Pr. II.1. Grammarians have given various kinds of sphota; confer, compare स्फोटो द्विधा | व्यक्तिस्फोटो जातिस्फोटश्च। व्यक्तिस्पोटः सखण्ड अखण्डश्च । सखण्ड। वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। अखण्ड: पदवाक्यभेदेन द्विधा ! एवं पञ्च व्यक्तिस्फोटाः| जातिस्फोट: वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। इत्येवमष्टौ स्फोटः तत्र अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट एव मुख्य इति नव्याः । वाक्य जातिस्फोट इति तु प्राञ्चः॥; confer, compare also पदप्रकृतिः संहिता इति प्रातिशाख्यमत्र मानम् । पदानां प्रकृतिरिति षष्ठीतत्पुरुषे अखण्डवाक्यस्फोटपक्षः । बहुव्रीहौ सखण्डबाक्यस्फोट:||
svatantrapadopasthitipakṣaan alternative view regarding the explanation of the rule 'इको गुणवृद्धी' P. I. 1. 3 by taking an additional word गुणवृद्धी supplied in the sutra. For full explanation see Sabdakaustubha on P. I. 1. 3.
hṛradattaname of a reputed grammarian of Southern India who wrote a very learned and scholarly commentary, named पदमञ्जरी, on the Kasikavrtti which is held by grammarians as the standard vrtti or gloss on the Sutras of Panini,and studied especially in the schools of the southern grammarians. Haradatta was a Dravida Brahmana, residing in a village on the Bank of Kaveri. His scholarship in Grammar was very sound and he is believed to have commented on many grammarworks.The only fault of the scholar was a very keen sense of egotism which is found in his work, although it can certainly be said that the egotism was not ill-placed and could be justified: confer, compare एवं प्रकटितोस्माभिर्भाष्ये परिचय: पर:। तस्य निःशेषतो मन्ये प्रतिपत्तापि दुर्लभः॥ also प्रक्रियातर्कगहने प्रविष्टो हृष्टमानसः हरदत्तहरिः स्वैरं विहरन् ! केन वार्यते | Padamajari, on P. I-13, 4. The credit of popularising Panini's system of grammar in Southern India goes to Haradatta to a considerable extent.
hareidīkṣitaa reputed grammarian of the Siddhantakaumudi school of Panini who lived in the end of the seventeenth century. He was the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita and the preceptor of Nagesabhtta. His commentary named लधुशब्दरत्न, but popularly called शब्दरत्न on Bhattoji Diksita's Praudhamanorama, is widely studied by pupils along with the Praudhamanorama in the Vyakaranapathasalas. There is a work existing in a manuscript form but recentlv taken for printing, mamed 'Brhatsabdaratna ' which has been written by Haridiksita, although some scholars beiieve that it was written by Nagesa who ascribed it to his preceptor. For details see लधुशब्दरत्न.
harivallabhaa grammarian who has written commentaries named दर्पणा on the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara of Kondabhatta, and Laghubhusanakanti on the Sabdakaustubha of Bhattoji Diksita.
     Vedabase Search  		 509 results
     
stunvanti praiseSB 12.13.1
stutaḥ being praisedSB 6.4.35-39
stutaḥ being worshipedSB 8.17.11
stutaḥ being worshiped by prayersSB 8.6.1
stutaḥ offered glorificationSB 12.6.73
stutaḥ praisedSB 12.10.18
stutaye your prayerSB 8.7.32
stuti and offering of prayersCC Madhya 8.4
stuti offering prayersCC Madhya 24.337
stuti praiseCC Madhya 8.47
stuti praisingCC Madhya 8.127
stuti prayerCC Adi 14.81
CC Antya 1.179
CC Madhya 6.204
CC Madhya 9.235
stuti prayersCC Adi 13.106
CC Adi 13.83
CC Adi 6.41
CC Antya 5.147
CC Madhya 16.183
CC Madhya 21.95
CC Madhya 6.212
CC Madhya 6.240
CC Madhya 7.144-145
CC Madhya 8.7
CC Madhya 9.80
stuti praying toSB 3.29.16
stuti sometimes by praisingCC Madhya 6.112
stuti karāya one is induced to offer prayersCC Antya 4.170
stuti karāya one is induced to offer prayersCC Antya 4.170
stuti kare Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu praised the behaviorCC Madhya 3.15
stuti kare Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu praised the behaviorCC Madhya 3.15
stuti kare offer prayersCC Madhya 1.187
stuti kare offer prayersCC Madhya 1.187
CC Madhya 19.52
stuti kare offer prayersCC Madhya 19.52
stuti kare offers prayerCC Madhya 13.76
stuti kare offers prayerCC Madhya 13.76
stuti kare offers prayersCC Madhya 15.9
stuti kare offers prayersCC Madhya 15.9
CC Madhya 16.104
stuti kare offers prayersCC Madhya 16.104
CC Madhya 18.13
stuti kare offers prayersCC Madhya 18.13
CC Madhya 24.314
stuti kare offers prayersCC Madhya 24.314
stuti kari' offering many prayersCC Antya 7.125
stuti kari' offering many prayersCC Antya 7.125
stuti kari' offering prayersCC Madhya 16.106
stuti kari' offering prayersCC Madhya 16.106
CC Madhya 21.24
stuti kari' offering prayersCC Madhya 21.24
stuti kari' praising very highlyCC Madhya 10.51
stuti kari' praising very highlyCC Madhya 10.51
stuti śuni' after hearing the prayersCC Madhya 6.215
stuti śuni' after hearing the prayersCC Madhya 6.215
stuti-karma-pūjāḥ worshiping Your Lordship by offering prayers and other devotional activitiesSB 7.9.50
stuti-karma-pūjāḥ worshiping Your Lordship by offering prayers and other devotional activitiesSB 7.9.50
stuti-karma-pūjāḥ worshiping Your Lordship by offering prayers and other devotional activitiesSB 7.9.50
stuti-stomam the subject matter of the recitersSB 3.12.37
stuti-stomam the subject matter of the recitersSB 3.12.37
stuti-vacana words of praiseCC Madhya 2.71
stuti-vacana words of praiseCC Madhya 2.71
stuti-vāda exaggerationCC Adi 17.73
stuti-vāda exaggerationCC Adi 17.73
stutibhiḥ by chanting auspicious mantrasSB 8.16.57
stutibhiḥ by prayersSB 8.7.20
stutibhiḥ by various prayers of glorificationSB 8.16.42
stutibhiḥ with beautiful hymnsSB 11.19.20-24
stutibhiḥ with prayersBG 11.21
stutibhiḥ with Vedic prayersSB 12.11.49
stutiḥ and praiseCC Madhya 23.111-112
stutiḥ and reputeBG 12.18-19
stutiḥ offering prayers of glorificationSB 11.11.34-41
stutim prayers derived from Vedic literatureSB 8.5.25
stutvā having prayedSB 3.9.26
stutvā offering prayersSB 7.10.25
SB 9.16.31
stutvā prayingSB 3.9.40
stutvā thus praying to the LordSB 11.27.45
stutya-vrata StutyavrataSB 5.20.14
stutya-vrata StutyavrataSB 5.20.14
stutyām in the womb of Stutī, his wifeSB 5.15.5
stuvadbhiḥ who were offering praiseSB 10.55.25
stuvan extollingSB 3.31.22
stuvan praisingSB 9.18.25
stuvantaḥ offering prayersSB 10.53.42-43
stuvantaḥ offering prayers to the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 23.23
stuvanti are singing hymnsBG 11.21
stuvanti do praySB 2.7.8
stuvanti offer praiseBs 5.36
stuvanti offer prayersCC Madhya 6.102
SB 4.30.10
SB 8.4.25
stuvanti praiseSB 12.8.42
stuvanti they offer praiseSB 12.11.49
stuvanti they offer prayersSB 4.30.41
stuvanti they praiseCC Adi 3.51
SB 11.5.31
SB 12.10.28
SB 12.10.29
stuvataḥ while prayingSB 10.41.1
stuvatīṣu while glorifyingSB 4.23.29
stuvatoḥ who sang his gloriesSB 10.88.16
stuvīta one should praiseSB 6.19.16
stuvīta praysSB 3.31.11
stuvīta should offer prayersSB 8.16.42
kaustubha-ābharaṇa-grīvam His neck is decorated by the Kaustubha jewelSB 4.8.48
kaustubha-ābharaṇām whose chest was decorated with the Kaustubha gemSB 8.6.3-7
abhisaṃstutām glorifiedSB 10.83.36
kaustubha-ākhyam known as KaustubhaSB 8.8.6
akṣarera stuti praise of the handwriting of Śrīla Rūpa GosvāmīCC Antya 1.97
apūrva-vastu uncommon thingsCC Antya 6.290
astu there should beBG 2.47
astu let it beBG 3.10
namaḥ astu obeisancesBG 11.31
astu let there beBG 11.39
namaḥ astu I offer my respectsBG 11.40
ratiḥ astu may attraction be reposed upon HimSB 1.9.33
astu let there beSB 1.9.34
astu let there beSB 1.9.35
astu let there beSB 1.9.36
ratiḥ astu let my attraction beSB 1.9.39
astu let it beSB 1.19.2
astu let it beSB 1.19.16
astu areSB 2.4.14
astu areSB 2.5.1
astu let it beSB 2.9.32
astu let there beSB 3.9.17
astu let it be soSB 3.9.39
astu let there beSB 3.16.29
astu let it beSB 3.21.20
astu let it beSB 3.23.54
astu letSB 4.2.23
astu let there beSB 4.6.52
astu let it beSB 4.6.53
astu let it beSB 4.20.32
astu let there beSB 4.24.33
astu may beSB 5.2.8
astu to be sureSB 5.6.18
astu let there beSB 5.13.23
śivam astu let there be all good fortuneSB 5.13.23
astu let there beSB 5.18.9
āstu let him remain favorableSB 5.20.12
astu let there beSB 6.4.15
astu let there beSB 6.7.27
astu let there beSB 6.9.24
astu let there beSB 6.9.33
astu let it beSB 6.14.55
astu may there beSB 6.16.48
astu may there beSB 6.19.4
astu may there beSB 6.19.6
astu let there beSB 7.4.22-23
astu let there beSB 7.4.25-26
astu let there beSB 7.8.47
astu let there beSB 8.5.44
astu let there beSB 8.7.40
namaḥ astu te I offer my respectful obeisances unto YouSB 8.17.25
astu He becomesSB 8.20.11
astu let there beSB 8.22.33
astu may He remainSB 10.6.21
astu when Brahmā agreed, 'Yes, it is all right'SB 10.8.50
astu let all of them be engaged in this waySB 10.10.38
astu she must beSB 10.13.37
astu may it beSB 10.14.30
astu let it beSB 10.29.32
astu may there beSB 10.39.4
astu let there beSB 10.41.16
astu may it beSB 10.45.48
astu may there beSB 10.51.61
astu may there beSB 10.56.6
astu let there beSB 10.59.25
astu may there beSB 10.59.28
astu may there beSB 10.60.46
astu let there beSB 10.68.48
astu may there beSB 10.70.26
astu may there beSB 10.82.10
astu may beSB 10.83.8
astu may beSB 10.83.12
astu may there beSB 10.83.13-14
astu may there beSB 10.86.48
astu hypothetically grantedSB 11.23.54
namaḥ astu let me offer my obeisancesSB 11.29.40
astu may there beSB 12.10.37
astu let there beCC Adi 1.7
astu let there beCC Adi 1.17
astu let there beCC Adi 1.52
astu let there beCC Adi 5.7
astu she must beCC Adi 5.140
astu let there beCC Adi 6.73
astu there isCC Adi 8.19
astu let there beCC Madhya 1.5
matiḥ astu let there be attractionCC Madhya 6.48
namaḥ astu te I offer My respects unto YouCC Madhya 15.11
astu can beCC Madhya 18.12
astu let it beCC Madhya 22.133
astu let it beCC Madhya 24.195
astu let there beCC Madhya 25.109
astu let it beCC Madhya 25.282
astu let there beCC Antya 1.7
astu let it beCC Antya 20.155
astu let there beMM 3
astu may there beMM 5
astu may beMM 6
astu let there beMM 42
astuvan offered prayersSB 7.4.14
ati-stuti overly glorifyingCC Madhya 10.182
ati stuti exaggerated offering of prayersCC Antya 1.131
ātma-saṃstutiḥ and praise of himselfBG 14.22-25
ātma-vastunaḥ everything belongs to You, but You are outside and inside of everythingSB 10.3.14
avastu-dṛk seeing as if insubstantialSB 7.4.33
avastu of not being realitySB 11.13.35
avastu is insubstantialSB 12.4.23
avastu unrealSB 12.4.28
avastubhiḥ unrealSB 11.26.2
avastunaḥ insubstantialSB 11.28.4
avastunaḥ that which has temporary existenceCC Antya 4.175
avastuni in such physical thingsSB 5.10.6
avastutaḥ although not realSB 11.26.2
avastutvāt because of being ultimately unrealitySB 7.15.63
bahiḥ-vastu external thingsCC Adi 1.97
bahu-stuti many prayersCC Madhya 7.76
vastu-bhedaḥ difference in the substanceSB 8.12.8
bheṭa-vastu giftsCC Antya 13.66
bṛhat-vastu the substance, which is greater than the greatestCC Adi 7.138
bṛhat-vastu the greatestCC Madhya 6.139
vastu-buddhyā accepting as factualSB 9.8.25
chandaḥ-stutaḥ who worships the Lord by Vedic prayersSB 5.20.8
vastu dena deliver varieties of foodCC Antya 10.114
guṇa-vastu-dṛk who is attracted by the creation of the modes of material natureSB 6.9.49
avastu-dṛk seeing as if insubstantialSB 7.4.33
dui vastu two thingsCC Antya 6.289
eka-vastuni in one subject matter (the container of nectar)SB 8.9.6
eka-vastu they are one in fiveCC Adi 7.5
eka vastu one thingCC Adi 16.76
eka-vastu māgi I wish to beg one thingCC Madhya 24.244
gala-śobhi-kaustubham on His neck was the Kaustubha gem, which is particularly available in VaikuṇṭhalokaSB 10.3.6
gandha-vastuṣu in things very fragrantSB 9.13.7
yajña-vāstu-gatam things belonging to the sacrificial arenaSB 9.4.8
gaurava-stuti honorable prayersCC Antya 4.163
gīta-saṃstuti-vāditraiḥ with songs, praise and instrumental musicSB 3.22.28
gīta-stuti of songs and prayersSB 5.9.15
kaustubha-ābharaṇa-grīvam His neck is decorated by the Kaustubha jewelSB 4.8.48
guṇa-vastu-dṛk who is attracted by the creation of the modes of material natureSB 6.9.49
vastu-jñāna knowledge of the SupremeCC Madhya 6.89
vastu-jñāna appreciation of thingsCC Antya 4.174
kabhu stuti sometimes praiseCC Madhya 14.148
ye kahaye vastu whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonumCC Madhya 25.58
kare stuti offer prayersCC Madhya 21.22
nati-stuti kari' offering obeisances and prayersCC Madhya 9.166
karilena stuti offered prayersCC Madhya 14.235
kariyāche stuti has made prayersCC Antya 5.135
viriñca-stuta-karma-vīryaḥ the Personality of Godhead, whose activities and prowess are always praised by Lord BrahmāSB 8.18.1
kaustubha the Kaustubha jewelSB 2.2.10
kaustubha the Kaustubha jewelSB 3.8.30
kaustubha the Kaustubha gemSB 3.21.11
kaustubha Kaustubha gemSB 3.28.14
kaustubha-maṇeḥ of the Kaustubha gemSB 3.28.26
kaustubha-ābharaṇa-grīvam His neck is decorated by the Kaustubha jewelSB 4.8.48
kaustubha the Kaustubha gem used by the LordSB 5.7.7
kaustubha-ābharaṇām whose chest was decorated with the Kaustubha gemSB 8.6.3-7
kaustubha-ākhyam known as KaustubhaSB 8.8.6
kaustubha the Kaustubha gemSB 8.10.54
kaustubha with the gem KaustubhaSB 10.51.1-6
kaustubha-maṇim the Kaustubha gemSB 10.66.12-14
kaustubha of the Kaustubha gemSB 11.14.36-42
kaustubha-vyapadeśena represented by the Kaustubha gemSB 12.11.10
kaustubha-maṇi the jewel known as Kaustubha-maṇiCC Madhya 4.193
śrīvatsa-kaustubhaḥ the jewel known as Kaustubha and the mark of ŚrīvatsaSB 6.4.35-39
kaustubhaḥ the Kaustubha gemSB 8.18.3
kaustubham the pearl of the nameSB 4.24.49
kaustubham the Kaustubha gemSB 8.4.17-24
gala-śobhi-kaustubham on His neck was the Kaustubha gem, which is particularly available in VaikuṇṭhalokaSB 10.3.6
kaustubham with the Kaustubha gemSB 10.39.51-52
kaustubham the Kaustubha gemSB 10.89.54-56
kaustubham the Kaustubha gemSB 11.27.27
kaustubham the Kaustubha gemSB 11.27.38-41
śrīvatsa-kaustubhau the Śrīvatsa mark and Kaustubha jewelSB 6.9.29-30
kaustubhena by the Kaustubha jewelSB 3.15.41
kaustubhena with the Kaustubha gemSB 10.51.23-26
kaustubhena with the Kaustubha gemSB 11.30.28-32
śrī-kṛṣṇere stuti prayers to Lord Śrī KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 23.116
eka-vastu māgi I wish to beg one thingCC Madhya 24.244
kaustubha-maṇeḥ of the Kaustubha gemSB 3.28.26
kaustubha-maṇi the jewel known as Kaustubha-maṇiCC Madhya 4.193
kaustubha-maṇim the Kaustubha gemSB 10.66.12-14
matiḥ astu let there be attractionCC Madhya 6.48
na stuvīta does not praiseSB 11.11.16
vastu nā vikāya it was not sellingCC Madhya 25.169
vastu nāhi there is nothingCC Madhya 9.307
namaḥ astu obeisancesBG 11.31
namaḥ astu I offer my respectsBG 11.40
namaḥ astu te I offer my respectful obeisances unto YouSB 8.17.25
namaḥ astu let me offer my obeisancesSB 11.29.40
namaḥ astu te I offer My respects unto YouCC Madhya 15.11
nati-stuti obeisances and prayersCC Adi 17.287
nati-stuti offering of various prayersCC Madhya 9.17
nati-stuti kari' offering obeisances and prayersCC Madhya 9.166
vastu-nirdeśa defining the objectCC Adi 1.22
vastu-niṣṭhayoḥ professing knowledge of the ultimate causeSB 6.4.32
pāda-pīṭhe stuti offering prayers unto the lotus feetCC Madhya 21.72
pāda-pīṭhe stuti offering prayers unto the lotus feetCC Madhya 21.72
prākṛta-vastute in material thingsCC Adi 7.127
praṇati-stuti obeisances and prayersCC Madhya 9.67
prastute brought up in discussionsSB 10.47.42
ratiḥ astu may attraction be reposed upon HimSB 1.9.33
ratiḥ astu let my attraction beSB 1.9.39
sādhya-vastura of the object of lifeCC Madhya 8.196
sādhya-vastu the goal of lifeCC Madhya 8.197
vāstuka-śāka spinachCC Madhya 3.45
saṃstunvataḥ who were offering prayersSB 11.4.19
saṃstutaḥ perfectly praisedSB 2.3.19
saṃstutaḥ who is described as equalSB 5.26.18
saṃstutaḥ being worshipedSB 6.16.49
saṃstutaḥ profusely glorifiedSB 10.48.28
saṃstutaḥ perfectly glorifiedSB 11.13.42
saṃstutaḥ properly glorifiedSB 12.9.1
svapna-saṃstutam as if imagined in a dreamSB 9.4.15-16
saṃstutam worshiped with prayersSB 9.11.5
gīta-saṃstuti-vāditraiḥ with songs, praise and instrumental musicSB 3.22.28
ātma-saṃstutiḥ and praise of himselfBG 14.22-25
saṃstutya offering praiseSB 10.32.15
saṃstutya sincerely praisingSB 10.79.7
saṃstuvadbhiḥ who were offering their prayers alsoSB 8.3.31
saṃstuvanti offer prayersSB 5.21.17
saṃstuvanti glorifySB 12.11.47-48
saṃstuvataḥ of Dakṣa, who was offering prayersSB 6.4.35-39
saṃstuvataḥ being prayed toSB 9.5.12
saṃstuvataḥ offering prayersSB 9.14.42
vastu-tattva-sāra the essence of the Absolute TruthCC Adi 1.108-109
vastu-sārāṇām of the active principles of all articlesSB 2.6.4
sarva-vastuni in everything, material and spiritualSB 6.9.38
śāstuḥ the order-giverSB 4.21.26
śivam astu let there be all good fortuneSB 5.13.23
gala-śobhi-kaustubham on His neck was the Kaustubha gem, which is particularly available in VaikuṇṭhalokaSB 10.3.6
śrī-kṛṣṇere stuti prayers to Lord Śrī KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 23.116
śrīvatsa-kaustubhaḥ the jewel known as Kaustubha and the mark of ŚrīvatsaSB 6.4.35-39
śrīvatsa-kaustubhau the Śrīvatsa mark and Kaustubha jewelSB 6.9.29-30
stavaiḥ stutvā honoring the Deity by offering prayersSB 11.3.52-53
viriñca-stuta-karma-vīryaḥ the Personality of Godhead, whose activities and prowess are always praised by Lord BrahmāSB 8.18.1
chandaḥ-stutaḥ who worships the Lord by Vedic prayersSB 5.20.8
gīta-stuti of songs and prayersSB 5.9.15
veda-stuti the Vedic prayersCC Adi 4.26
nati-stuti obeisances and prayersCC Adi 17.287
vyāja-stuti indirect prayerCC Madhya 2.66
bahu-stuti many prayersCC Madhya 7.76
nati-stuti offering of various prayersCC Madhya 9.17
praṇati-stuti obeisances and prayersCC Madhya 9.67
nati-stuti kari' offering obeisances and prayersCC Madhya 9.166
ati-stuti overly glorifyingCC Madhya 10.182
vyāja-stuti praise in the form of accusationsCC Madhya 12.196
kabhu stuti sometimes praiseCC Madhya 14.148
karilena stuti offered prayersCC Madhya 14.235
kare stuti offer prayersCC Madhya 21.22
pāda-pīṭhe stuti offering prayers unto the lotus feetCC Madhya 21.72
śrī-kṛṣṇere stuti prayers to Lord Śrī KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 23.116
akṣarera stuti praise of the handwriting of Śrīla Rūpa GosvāmīCC Antya 1.97
ati stuti exaggerated offering of prayersCC Antya 1.131
gaurava-stuti honorable prayersCC Antya 4.163
kariyāche stuti has made prayersCC Antya 5.135
vinati-stuti very submissive prayersCC Antya 12.88
stavaiḥ stutvā honoring the Deity by offering prayersSB 11.3.52-53
na stuvīta does not praiseSB 11.11.16
svapna-saṃstutam as if imagined in a dreamSB 9.4.15-16
vastu-svarūpaḥ the substanceSB 6.9.38
vastu-tarām anything elseCC Madhya 25.37
tattva-vastu of the Absolute TruthCC Adi 1.88-89
tattva-vastu Absolute TruthCC Adi 1.96
vastu-tattva-sāra the essence of the Absolute TruthCC Adi 1.108-109
tattva-vastu the Absolute TruthCC Adi 2.65
vastu-tattva of the Absolute TruthCC Madhya 6.89
tattva-vastu objects of truthCC Madhya 8.117
namaḥ astu te I offer my respectful obeisances unto YouSB 8.17.25
namaḥ astu te I offer My respects unto YouCC Madhya 15.11
tina vastu three subjectsCC Madhya 2.80
tina-vastu three subject mattersCC Madhya 6.178
uttama-vastu first-class eatablesCC Antya 16.10
gīta-saṃstuti-vāditraiḥ with songs, praise and instrumental musicSB 3.22.28
vastu substanceSB 1.1.2
vastu-sārāṇām of the active principles of all articlesSB 2.6.4
vastu as a factSB 5.18.37
vastu-niṣṭhayoḥ professing knowledge of the ultimate causeSB 6.4.32
vastu-svarūpaḥ the substanceSB 6.9.38
guṇa-vastu-dṛk who is attracted by the creation of the modes of material natureSB 6.9.49
vastu substanceSB 7.15.63
vastu-bhedaḥ difference in the substanceSB 8.12.8
yajña-vāstu-gatam things belonging to the sacrificial arenaSB 9.4.8
vastu-buddhyā accepting as factualSB 9.8.25
vastu substanceSB 9.9.44
vastu substanceSB 10.14.56
vastu thingSB 10.14.57
vastu thingSB 10.46.43
yathā-vāstu on ample plots of landSB 10.50.50-53
vastu substanceSB 10.73.11
vastu with auspicious itemsSB 10.84.44-45
vastu within material objectsSB 11.10.11
vastu the Absolute TruthSB 11.14.26
vastu the realitySB 12.13.11-12
vastu-nirdeśa defining the objectCC Adi 1.22
vastu objectCC Adi 1.29
vastu truthCC Adi 1.88-89
tattva-vastu of the Absolute TruthCC Adi 1.88-89
vastu substanceCC Adi 1.91
tattva-vastu Absolute TruthCC Adi 1.96
bahiḥ-vastu external thingsCC Adi 1.97
vastu-tattva-sāra the essence of the Absolute TruthCC Adi 1.108-109
vastu of the Absolute TruthCC Adi 2.4
tattva-vastu the Absolute TruthCC Adi 2.65
vastu thingCC Adi 2.76
vastu thingCC Adi 2.79
vastu thingsCC Adi 4.96
vastu thingCC Adi 4.129
eka-vastu they are one in fiveCC Adi 7.5
vastu thingCC Adi 7.53
bṛhat-vastu the substance, which is greater than the greatestCC Adi 7.138
eka vastu one thingCC Adi 16.76
tina vastu three subjectsCC Madhya 2.80
vastu substanceCC Madhya 2.86
vastu substanceCC Madhya 2.86
vastu-viṣaye in the matter of the summum bonumCC Madhya 6.89
vastu-jñāna knowledge of the SupremeCC Madhya 6.89
vastu-tattva of the Absolute TruthCC Madhya 6.89
bṛhat-vastu the greatestCC Madhya 6.139
tina-vastu three subject mattersCC Madhya 6.178
tattva-vastu objects of truthCC Madhya 8.117
sādhya-vastu the goal of lifeCC Madhya 8.197
vastu the factsCC Madhya 8.265
vastu metalCC Madhya 8.295
vastu substanceCC Madhya 9.194
vastu thingsCC Madhya 9.271
vastu nāhi there is nothingCC Madhya 9.307
vastu substanceCC Madhya 12.194
vastu matterCC Madhya 18.202
vastu substanceCC Madhya 20.309
vastu an objectCC Madhya 20.356
vastu substanceCC Madhya 24.100
eka-vastu māgi I wish to beg one thingCC Madhya 24.244
vastu-tarām anything elseCC Madhya 25.37
ye kahaye vastu whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonumCC Madhya 25.58
vastu substanceCC Madhya 25.149
vastu nā vikāya it was not sellingCC Madhya 25.169
vastu-jñāna appreciation of thingsCC Antya 4.174
dui vastu two thingsCC Antya 6.289
apūrva-vastu uncommon thingsCC Antya 6.290
vastu thingsCC Antya 6.322
vastu thingsCC Antya 10.36
vastu dena deliver varieties of foodCC Antya 10.114
vastu thingsCC Antya 10.158
bheṭa-vastu giftsCC Antya 13.66
uttama-vastu first-class eatablesCC Antya 16.10
vastu ingredientsCC Antya 16.91
vastubhiḥ with all requisite thingsSB 9.18.47
vastuḥ to his constitutional positionSB 3.28.38
vāstuḥ VāstuSB 6.6.10-11
vastuḥ in the supreme realitySB 11.13.37
vāstuka-śāka spinachCC Madhya 3.45
vāstukam remnants of the sacrificeSB 9.4.6
vāstukam everything in the arena of sacrificeSB 9.4.9
vastum to liveSB 8.24.18
vastum to liveSB 8.24.20
vastunaḥ of all matterSB 2.10.23
vastunaḥ from the substanceSB 7.15.61
ātma-vastunaḥ everything belongs to You, but You are outside and inside of everythingSB 10.3.14
vastunaḥ of the essential realitySB 11.13.22
sarva-vastuni in everything, material and spiritualSB 6.9.38
vastuni in the original objectSB 6.15.8
eka-vastuni in one subject matter (the container of nectar)SB 8.9.6
vastuni in the reality (the soul)SB 11.22.42
vastuni in the material thingsCC Antya 10.21
vastura of the objectCC Adi 1.24
sādhya-vastura of the object of lifeCC Madhya 8.196
vastura of ingredientsCC Antya 16.108-109
vastuṣu real interestSB 4.29.47
vastuṣu in the productsSB 8.6.25
vastuṣu in all such thingsSB 9.4.27
gandha-vastuṣu in things very fragrantSB 9.13.7
vastuṣu among objectsSB 11.21.3
vastutaḥ the original substanceSB 5.18.5
vastutaḥ with the proper ingredientsSB 5.19.26
vastutaḥ at the ultimate issueSB 6.8.31
vastutaḥ in factSB 7.13.5
vastutaḥ and paraphernaliaSB 8.23.16
vastutaḥ in factSB 10.14.56
vastutaḥ in realitySB 11.11.1
vastutaḥ in essenceSB 11.13.23
vastutaḥ factuallyCC Adi 7.123
vastutaḥ in factCC Adi 16.97
vastutaḥ in factCC Madhya 1.225
vastutaḥ factuallyCC Madhya 22.29
vastutaḥ in factCC Antya 4.198
vastutayā fundamentallySB 7.10.50
vastutayā a form of realitySB 7.15.58
vastutayā factuallySB 7.15.77
vastutayā as ultimate realitySB 11.18.26
vastutayā as realSB 11.28.32
prākṛta-vastute in material thingsCC Adi 7.127
vastutvāt being like thatSB 1.3.32
veda-stuti the Vedic prayersCC Adi 4.26
vastu nā vikāya it was not sellingCC Madhya 25.169
vinati-stuti very submissive prayersCC Antya 12.88
viriñca-stuta-karma-vīryaḥ the Personality of Godhead, whose activities and prowess are always praised by Lord BrahmāSB 8.18.1
viriñca-stuta-karma-vīryaḥ the Personality of Godhead, whose activities and prowess are always praised by Lord BrahmāSB 8.18.1
vastu-viṣaye in the matter of the summum bonumCC Madhya 6.89
vyāja-stuti indirect prayerCC Madhya 2.66
vyāja-stuti praise in the form of accusationsCC Madhya 12.196
kaustubha-vyapadeśena represented by the Kaustubha gemSB 12.11.10
yajña-vāstu-gatam things belonging to the sacrificial arenaSB 9.4.8
yathā-vāstu on ample plots of landSB 10.50.50-53
ye kahaye vastu whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonumCC Madhya 25.58
     DCS with thanks   		 83 results
     
stu noun (masculine) [gramm.] the verb stu
Frequency rank 22699/72933
stu verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to celebrate to extol to praise
Frequency rank 803/72933
stubha noun (masculine) a goat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an Agni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71697/72933
stumbhu noun (masculine) [gramm.] root stumbh
Frequency rank 71698/72933
stut noun (feminine) a hymn of praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71695/72933
stuta noun (neuter) (in ritual) stotra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eulogy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41184/72933
stuta noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71696/72933
stuti noun (feminine) adulation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
commendation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eulogy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Pratihartṛ (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
panegyric (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3240/72933
stutivāda noun (masculine) eulogy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
laudatory speech (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41185/72933
stutyā noun (feminine) a particular fragrant bark (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
alum-slate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
saurāṣṭrā
Frequency rank 31153/72933
akṣastuṣa noun (masculine) Beleric Myrobalan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41600/72933
ajastunda noun (neuter) name of a town (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41892/72933
atistuti noun (feminine) excessive praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42273/72933
aprastuta adjective accidental (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
extraneous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
indirect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
irrelevant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not being the chief subject-matter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not laudable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not principal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unconnected with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unsuitable to the time or subject (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23090/72933
aprastutapraśaṃsā noun (feminine) (in rhetoric) implied or indirect expression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32237/72933
abhisaṃstu verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to praise highly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44410/72933
amastu adjective without thickened milk or sour cream (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44596/72933
amlavāstuka noun (neuter) vinegar
Frequency rank 44741/72933
araṇyavāstuka noun (masculine) name of a plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44827/72933
avastu noun (neuter) a worthless thing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an unreal object not a substance
Frequency rank 23227/72933
avastuka adjective without an object
Frequency rank 45266/72933
avastutva noun (neuter) insubstantiality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unreality: (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32664/72933
asaṃstuta adjective not on terms of friendship (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13361/72933
astuti adjective not praising anybody (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32904/72933
upastuti noun (feminine) celebration (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
invocation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47701/72933
kapilavastu noun (neuter) name of a town (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48553/72933
kapilavāstu noun (neuter) the city Kapilavastu
Frequency rank 33803/72933
kustumbarī noun (feminine) plant coriander (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19182/72933
kustumburī noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 34185/72933
kustumburu noun (masculine) the plant coriander (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12456/72933
kustumburu noun (neuter) coriander seed of coriander (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19183/72933
kaustubha noun (masculine neuter) name of a celebrated jewel (obtained with thirteen other precious things at the churning of the ocean and suspended on the breast of Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6499/72933
kṣudravāstukī noun (feminine) a variety of Chenopodium (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50668/72933
kṣetravāstuka noun (neuter) a kind of vegetable
Frequency rank 50715/72933
gauḍavāstuka noun (masculine) a kind of vegetable
Frequency rank 51635/72933
grāvastut noun (masculine) one of the 16 priests (called after the hymn RV 10.9) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34772/72933
ṭaṅkavāstuka noun (neuter) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 53148/72933
devastuti noun (feminine) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 1.104
Frequency rank 54964/72933
dhustura noun (masculine) thorn-apple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28545/72933
nistud verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to pierce (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to prick (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to sting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14993/72933
nistula adjective incomparable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
matchless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56517/72933
nistuṣa noun (masculine) wheat
Frequency rank 56518/72933
nistuṣa adjective freed from tusk or chaff (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
purified (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
simplified (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9632/72933
nistuṣaratna noun (neuter) crystal sphaṭika
Frequency rank 56519/72933
nistuṣita adjective unhusked
Frequency rank 36438/72933
nistuṣīkṛ verb (class 8 ātmanepada) to husk
Frequency rank 28758/72933
niḥstuti adjective praising nothing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56583/72933
parisaṃstu verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to celebrate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57447/72933
pṛṣṭhavāstu noun (neuter) the upper story of a house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58413/72933
prastu verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to begin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to chant (in general) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come to speak of introduce as a topic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to commence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to place at the head or at the beginning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to praise before (anything else) or aloud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to sing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to undertake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6441/72933
prastuta noun (neuter) (in rhet.) the chief subject-matter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
beginning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
that which is the subject of any statement or comparison (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
undertaking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21870/72933
prastuti noun (feminine) eulogium (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59537/72933
brahmakṛtaśivastutivarṇana noun (neuter) name of SkPur, Revākhaṇḍa 16
Frequency rank 60400/72933
mastu noun (neuter) sour cream (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the watery part of curds (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
whey (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4399/72933
mastuka noun (masculine) mastu
Frequency rank 61628/72933
mastuluṅga noun (masculine neuter) the brain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13112/72933
yajñavāstu noun (neuter) a particular ceremony (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38470/72933
yathāprastutam indeclinable as already begun or commenced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
at last (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
at length (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conformably to the circumstances (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62863/72933
varavāstuka noun (neuter) a kind of ??
Frequency rank 64680/72933
vastu noun (neuter) (in music) a kind of composition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
(in phil.) the real (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a valuable or worthy object (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
affair (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any really existing or abiding substance or essence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
article (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circumstance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
contents (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
essential property (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
goods (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
natural disposition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
object (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
object of or for (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
plot (of a drama or poem) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
property (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
subject (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
subject-matter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the pith or substance of anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the right thing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the seat or place of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the thing in question matter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
theme (of a speech etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wealth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1582/72933
vastu noun (feminine) becoming light (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dawning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
morning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39135/72933
vastuka noun (neuter) Chenopodium Album (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25320/72933
vastukṛta adjective cherished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
practised (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64906/72933
vastutā noun (feminine) the state of being the object of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64907/72933
vastutas indeclinable actually (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
essentially (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in fact (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in reality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
owing to the nature of things (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
verily (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12202/72933
vastunirdeśa noun (masculine) register (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
table of contents (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25321/72933
vāstu noun (masculine) building-ground name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the 8 Vasus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18434/72933
vāstu noun (neuter) a kind of grain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the pot-herb Chenopodium Album (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39250/72933
vāstu noun (neuter) an apartment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
architecture building or dwellingplace (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chamber (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ground (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
habitation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
homestead (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
site (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the site or foundation of a house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7128/72933
vāstuka noun (masculine neuter) a house a palace Chenopodium album (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6543/72933
vāstukī noun (feminine) a kind of vegetable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30140/72933
vāstukarman noun (neuter) architecture (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
house-building (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65302/72933
vāstupūjana noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 65303/72933
vāstumānalakṣaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.46
Frequency rank 65304/72933
vāstulakṣaṇa noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 65305/72933
vāstuvidya adjective relating to architecture (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65306/72933
vāstuśāstra noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 65307/72933
vyājastuti noun (feminine) indirect eulogy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ironical commendation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praise or censure conveyed in language that expresses the contrary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30400/72933
sastupata adjective ???
Frequency rank 69626/72933
saṃstu verb (class 5 parasmaipada) to celebrate to laud to praise all at once to praise properly or well to praise together with (instr.)
Frequency rank 4205/72933
saṃstuti noun (feminine) eulogy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
figuritive mode of expression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17375/72933
suvāstu noun (masculine) the inhabitants of the country near the river Suvāstu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71257/72933
suvāstuka noun (masculine) name of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71258/72933
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
     Dr. Potturu with thanks
     
     Purchase Kindle edition

āmavāta

rheumatism, non-specific older term for medical conditions which affect connective tissue and the joints; arthritis caused by undigested stuff.

antarāmaya

emprosthotonos or forward bending of the body in lying posture as in tetanus.

āragvadha

Plant purging fistula, Cassia fistula, C. rhombifolia; golden shower tree; pudding pipe tree.

arśobhagandara

(arśa.bhagandara) piles and fistula coexisting.

āsana

sitting posture.

aupadhenava

student of Dhanvantari and colleague of Suśruta.

aurabhra

student of Dhanvantari, colleague of Śuśruta.

avamantha

multiple pustules causing laceration; swellings caused by boils or contusions.

bhagandara

fistula-in-ano; rectal fistula.

bhānupāka

sun-dry; process of evaporating the moisture by exposure to sun.

bharadvāja

a celestial āyurveda physician and student of Indra; skylark; planet Mars; bone.

bhela

student of Ātreya, native of northwest (Gāndhāra) India and author of Bhela samhita, manuscript found in the Tanjore library.

bhujangāsana

Cobra pose; one of the yogic postures with palms and legs on the floor and the chest is lifted.

cakravāstuka

Plant a leafy vegetable.

cengalvakoṣṭu

Plant Costus speciosus. see. kebuka, canda, puṣkaramūla.

cillī

Go to vāstuka.

dattūra

Plant white thorn apple, Datura metel, D. fastuosa.

dhanurāsana

bow pose; a yogic posture resmebling a bow; lying on abdomen and both hands holding feet benging the spine to the maximum.

dhūma

smoke; dhūmadarsi smoky vision; dhūmapāna medicated smoking; dhūmavarti tubular smoking stuff; cigarette.

drākṣāriṣṭa

fermented stuff made from grapes and other medicinal herbs, useful in respiratory and digestive disorders.

gandhanāma

1. one of the minor diseases, pustules over skin; 2. single big pustule in the axilla; 3. variety of basil with red blossoms.

garuḍāsana

eagle pose; one the yogic postures resembling a bird.

gorakṣasamhita

an early Haṭhayoga text describing more than 50 yogic postures (10-11th Century ).

hārīta

physician and author contemporary to Agnivesa and student of Atreya.

indravriddha

big pustule amid small pustules over the skin.

irivelika

pustules on the head.

jāḍya

1. dullness; 2. stupidity; 3. apathy, sluggishness, inactivity.

kacchapika

wart, blotch, multiple pustules.

kakṣa

1. hip, axilla; 2. pustules in the axilla.

karṇikāra

1. earrings; 2. Plant golden shower tree, Cassia fistula.

kāṣmīra

1. of Kashmir region; Plant 2. Indian rubber plant (Ficus elastica); 3. saffron; 4. tuberous root of Costus speciosus.

kastūri,kastūrilatika

Plant musk mallow; Hybiscus abelmoschus.

kastūribhairavarasa

herbo-mineral preparation used in influenza.

kastūrīlatikā

Plant seeds of Hibuscus abelmoschus.

kembuka

Plant crepe ginger, rhizome of Costus speciosus. Inula recemosa is used in north India as kembuka.

kroṣṭukaśīrṣa

inflammed knee, disease of knee.

kṛtamāla

1. spotted antilope; 2. Plant golden shower tree or Indian laburnum tree, Cassia fistula.

kukkuṭāsana

cock pose, rooster pose; a yogic posture for lifting the body with two hands inserted through folded legs.

kūrmāsana

tortoise pose. turtle pose; one of the yogic postures resembling turtle.

kustumburu

Plant seed of coriander.

latakasturi

Plant musk creeper, Hibiscus abelmoschus, ambrette seed plant.

mahāsugandha

(maha.sugandha) strong or great fragrants; crocus (kunkuma), eagle wood (agaru), camphor (karpura), musk (kastūri), sandal (candana).

makarāsana

crocadile pose; one of the yogic postures; supine version of śavāsana for relaxation.

maṇḍūkāsana

frog posture in yoga.

mastu

1. whey, watery part of the curds, liquid remaining after milk has been curdled and strained, 2. sour cream; 3. Lens culinaris.

mastuluṅga

brain.

masūrika

small pox, measles, eruption of lentil shaped pastules, lentil, mosquito curtain, chicken pox.

mayūrāsana

peacock pose; a yogic posture raising the body like a horizontal stick on the support of forearm on the ground.

mouḍhyam

stupidity.

mūrcchana

swooning or stupefying (of mercury); calcining quicksilver with sulphur.

nistuṣa

cleansed; freed from chaff or husk.

pādadāri

chilblain, an inflammation of the fingers, toes, or ears, caused by prolonged exposure to mo isture and cold, affecting soles and feet also due to over walking; chaffed soles.

padārtha

1. matter, stuff, substance, material object, category; 2. proper implied meaning of the word, one of tantrayuktis.

padmāsana

one of the yogic postures; lotus pose.

panasika

pustules in ears and neck.

parikṣepibhagandara

fistula in ano with oedema.

parisarpa

erysipelas, a skin disease, multiple spreading pustules.

parisrāvibhagandara

exudative fistula in ano.

pascimottānāsana

seated forward bend; a yogic posture.

pradhamana

blowing or stuffing into; pradhamananasya put powder into nose by blowing.

pramīlaka

1. shutting the eyes; 2. visual disturbances.

prīṇana

satisfying, moisturizing, a function of rasadhātu

puṣkara,puṣkaramūla

Plant orris root, dried root of Inula racemosa, I. helenium; Inula recemosa; Costus speciosus; Saussurea lappa.

puṣkarikā

pustule.

śalabhāsana

locust pose, grasshopper pose; one of the yogic postures with upper and lower limbs lifted lying on the abdomen.

śambūkāvartabhagandara

spiral fistula in ano.

sandhāraṇa

posture, position; attitude; holding together, supporting.

śataponaka

multiple fistula in ano.

satva

1. purity or pure state of mind; mental strength, one of the psychic humors; 2. extract prepared from a mineral substance. 3. sun-dried paste prepared from a cold infusion which is set in the sun until all the moisture evaporates and the concentrate becomes solid.

śavāsana

corpse pose; a yogic posture lying on back for relaxation.

siddāsana

one of the yogic postures, accomplished pose.

sthambha

paralysis, stiffness, stupefaction, pillar.

sukhāsana

one of the yogic postures, easy pose, pleasant pose.

sūryanamaskāra

sun salutation, two sets of twelve yogic postures practiced in serie

tandra

drowsiness; vertigo; stupor; sleepy.

unmārgabhagandara

traumatic fistula in ano.

uṣṭragrīvabhagandara

tortuous fistula in ano.

uṣṭrāsana

Camel pose; one of the yogic postures with deep backward bend.

utkārika

pan-cake; poultice or cataplasm; a soft moist, warm and medicated stuff kept on cloth and spread over aching part of the body.

utkledi

substance the attracts moisture.

utkleśa

nausea, accepting moisture.

uttamā

pustule on the penis.

vajrāsana

one of the yogic postures, diamond pose, thunderbolt pose; sitting on heels with calves beneath the thighs.

vāritara,vāritaratva

float on water; a test for improperly processed metal. This is one of the physical analytical parameters for bhasma, and is applied to study the lightness and fineness of prepared bhasma.

vāruṇi

1. alcoholic bewerage made from the stuff of palm trees; 2. women whose child dies on the fifth day after delivery.

vāstuka

Plant lamb’s quarters plant, Chenopodium album; a leafy vegetable.

viparītalajjālu

Plant better stud, Biophytum sensitivum.

vivṛta

big pustule over the skin.

yavāsa

fodder, grass, pasturage.

yogāsana

(yoga.āsana) yogic posture.
     Wordnet Search "stu" has 116 results.
     

stu

praśaṃsā, stuti, ślāghā   

kasmiṃścid viṣaye prasādaprakaṭīkaraṇasya kriyā bhāvo vā।

asmin viṣaye tena kṛtā mama praśaṃsā ayathārthā।

stu

akhādyapadārthaḥ, akhādyavastu   

bhakṣitum ayogyaḥ।

tena akhādyapadārthaḥ avakare kṣiptaḥ।

stu

pūjanīya, upāsanīya, upāsya, arcanīya, arcya, pūjya, vandanīya, vandya, ārādhya, ārādhanīya, stutya, pūjārha, vareṇya, arhya, ārya   

pūjārthe yogyaḥ।

gautamaḥ buddhaḥ pūjanīyaḥ asti।

stu

tatvam, mūlavastū, mūlam, bhūtam, bījam, abhibhūtam, mātram, viṣayaḥ, tanmātram, avayavaḥ   

jagataḥ mūlakāraṇam।

sāṅkhyadarśanasya mate pañcaviṃśati tatvāni santi।

stu

bauddhamandiram, stūpaḥ   

tat mandiraṃ yatra bauddhānuyāyinaḥ pūjāṃ kurvanti।

kuśīnagare naikāni bauddhamandirāṇi santi।

stu

khalu, nūnam, satyam, arthataḥ, tatvataḥ, vastutaḥ, avyalīkam, yathārtham, tattvena, yathātatham, yathārthataḥ, paramārthataḥ, anuṣatyam, añjasā, addhā   

prakṛtam eva।

bhoḥ, vismṛtavān khalu bhavataḥ nāma।

stu

tuvarī, tuvaraḥ, kaṣāya-yāvānalaḥ, rakta-yāvānalaḥ, lohita-kustumburu-dhānyam   

sasya-viśeṣaḥ, yasya bījarūpāḥ kaṣāyāḥ yāvānalāḥ bhojane upayujyante।

asmin saṃvatsare tuvaryaḥ sasyaṃ vipulaṃ dṛśyate।

stu

tuvarī, tuvaraḥ, kaṣāya-yāvānalaḥ, rakta-yāvānalaḥ, lohita-kustumburu-dhānyam   

dhānya-viśeṣaḥ, kaṣāyo yāvānalaḥ āyurvede asya vātaśamanatva-virecakāditvādayaḥ guṇāḥ proktāḥ।

adya ahaṃ odanena saha tuvarīṃ pacāmi।

stu

padārthaḥ, vastu, dravyam, sattvam   

yad sapiṇḍaṃ sākāraṃ vā asti।

dugdhaṃ peyaṃ padārtham asti।

stu

vastukaraḥ   

kṛṣikṣetrasya saḥ karaḥ yaḥ vasturūpeṇa dīyate।

bhūmipatiḥ kṛṣakebhyaḥ vastukaram agṛhṇāt।

stu

vastuḥ, bhūtam, abhibhūtam, sattvam, sattā, bhāvaḥ   

vāstavikī sattā।

vāyuḥ iti amūrtaṃ vastu। / kiṃ vastu vidvan gurave pradeyam।

stu

vandanam, vandanā, stutiḥ, prārthanā, abhivandanā, stavaḥ, stotra   

ṣoḍaśadhā bhaktyantargatabhaktiviśeṣaḥ yasmin upāsyadevatāyāḥ guṇagauravaḥ kriyate।

bhaktagaṇāḥ mandire prārthanāṃ kurvanti।

stu

prākṛtikavastu   

tad vastu yad prakṛtyā sambandhitam।

prākṛtikavastūnāṃ durupayogaḥ na karaṇīyaḥ।

stu

nivāsaḥ, vasatiḥ, vāsaḥ, vāsasthānam, nivasatiḥ, nivāsasthānam, nivāsabhūyam, gṛham, āvāsaḥ, adhivāsaḥ, samāvāsaḥ, āvasathaḥ, vāstuḥ, vāstu, sthānam, avasthānam, pratiṣṭhā, āyatanam, niketanam, ālayaḥ, nilayaḥ, nilayitā, kṣiḥ   

tat sthānaṃ yatra paśavaḥ janāḥ vā vasanti।

vyāghrasya nivāsaḥ vane asti।

stu

vastuvinimayaḥ   

ekaṃ vastu gṛhītvā tat sthāne aparasya pradānam।

vastuvinimaye saḥ vañcitaḥ।

stu

mūrtavastu   

ākārayuktaṃ vastu।

asmākaṃ jīvane vayaṃ mūrtavastūni upabhuñjmaḥ।

stu

amūrtavastu   

tad vastu yad mūrtaṃ nāsti।

dhvaniḥ iti amūrtavastu asti।

stu

paurāṇikavastu   

tad vastu yasya ullekhaḥ dhārmikeṣu grantheṣu prāpyate।

amṛtaṃ paurāṇikavastu asti।

stu

kastūrī, kuraṅganābhi   

naramṛgasya nābhyāṃ sthitaḥ ekaṃ sugandhidravyam।

kasturyāḥ sugandhaḥ tasmai rocate।

stu

kastūrīmṛgaḥ, gandhamṛgaḥ, puṣkalakaḥ   

śītapradeśe vartamānaḥ mṛgaḥ yasmāt kastūrī prāpyate।

kastūrīmṛgaḥ kastūrīgandhena muhyati।

stu

praśaṃsanīya, praśaṃsya, ślāghya, ślāghanīya, stutya, abhinandanīya   

yaḥ praśaṃsituṃ yogyaḥ।

ye anyān kṛte jīvanti te praśaṃsanīyāḥ santi।

stu

ajaḥ, vastaḥ, chagalakaḥ, stubhaḥ, chagaḥ, chagalaḥ, chāgalaḥ, tabhaḥ, stabhaḥ, śubhaḥ, laghukāmaḥ, krayasadaḥ, varkaraḥ, parṇabhojanaḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, menādaḥ, vukkaḥ, alpāyuḥ, śivāpriyaḥ, avukaḥ, medhyaḥ, paśuḥ, payasvalaḥ   

paśuviśeṣaḥ, yaḥ apraśastaḥ, kharatulyanādaḥ, pradīptapucchaḥ kunakhaḥ vivarṇaḥ nikṛttakarṇaḥ dvipamastakaśca।

ajaḥ parvataṃ gacchati।

stu

krodhaḥ, kopaḥ, amarṣaḥ, roṣaḥ, cetovikāraḥ, krudh, pratighaḥ, roṣaḥ, ruṭ, manyuḥ, utsavaḥ, āstu, nāman   

pratikūle sati taikṣṇyasya prabodhaḥ।

mama krodhaḥ śāmyati।

stu

vastubhāgaḥ, vastvāṅgam   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ bhāgaḥ।

adhyāpakaḥ bālakān vastubhāgān pāṭhayati।

stu

stutiḥ, praśaṃsā, praśastiḥ, anuṣṭutiḥ, abhiṣṭava, āloka, uktham, īḍā, upavarṇanam, upastavaḥ, gīrṇi, guṇaślāghā, gūrti, devanam, dhiṣaṇam, nāntram, pariṣṭuti, pariṣṭavanam, pāṇaḥ, prakhyātiḥ, pratiṣṭutiḥ, pratisaṃdhānam   

kimapi vastvoḥ athavā vyakteḥ guṇānāṃ praśaṃsāsūcikā ādarasūcikā vā uktiḥ।

sarvaiḥ gopālasya vīratāyāḥ stutiḥ kṛtā।

stu

anupayuktavastu, nirarthaka-vastu   

upayogahīnaṃ vastu।

mohanena anupayuktavastuni prajvālitāni।

stu

godhūma, bahudugdhaḥ, apūpaḥ, mlecchabhojanaḥ, yavanaḥ, nistuṣakṣīraḥ, rasālaḥ, sumanāḥ   

vrīhibhedaḥ, godhūli-varṇīyaḥ dhānya-viśeṣaḥ, asya guṇāḥ snigdhatvam, madhuratvam, vāta-pitta-dāha-nāśitvam।

kṛṣīvalaḥ godhūmaṃ bhūmau vapati।

stu

kitavaḥ, unmattaḥ, dhūrtaḥ, kanakāhvayaḥ, mātulaḥ, mahanaḥ, dhattūraḥ, śaṭhaḥ, mātulakaḥ, śyāmaḥ, śivaśekharaḥ, kharjjūghnaḥ, khalaḥ, kaṇṭaphalaḥ, mohanaḥ, mattaḥ, śaivaḥ, dhusturaḥ, dhutturaḥ, dhustūraḥ, purīmohaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ tat kṣupaṃ yasya bījāni viṣayuktāni santi।

śivāya kitavaḥ rocate।

stu

nistud, udākṛ, vitud, upārṣ, cimicimāya   

kṣuradhārasya vastunaḥ kasyāpi mṛdupṛṣṭhe praveśānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

alasmāt kaṇṭakaḥ niratudat mama pāde।

stu

prastutiḥ   

prastavanasya kriyā।

mañce kavibhiḥ svasya racanāyāḥ svasya śailyāṃ prastutiḥ kṛtā।

stu

vastūtprekṣā, vastūtprekṣālaṅkāraḥ   

sāhitye utprekṣāyāḥ ekaḥ bhedaḥ yasmin upameye upamānasya kāryasya guṇasya vā adhiropaḥ।

vastūtprekṣāyāṃ kalpaya ityādayaḥ śabdāḥ santi।

stu

chatrā, avārikā, sugandhi, dhānyakam, dhānyabījam, tumburu, tumbarī, kustumburuḥ, kustumbarī   

upaskaraviśeṣaḥ, kustumbarīkṣupasya vṛttākārabījāni।

prasāde api chatrāḥ upayujyante।

stu

stūpaḥ   

mānavanirmitasaṃracanā yasyāḥ unnatiḥ vistārāt adhikā asti tathā ca yā svatantrā vā bhavaneṣu saṃlagnā asti।

stūpeṣu haidrābādanagare sthitaḥ cāramināra iti stūpaḥ prasiddhaḥ।

stu

ātmapraśaṃsā, ātmastutiḥ, ātmaślāghā   

svasya praśaṃsanasyaḥ kriyā।

vidvāṃsaḥ ātmapraśaṃsāṃ na kurvanti।

stu

mastiṣkam, gorddam, godam, mastakasnehaḥ, mastuluṅgakaḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, mastakasthaghṛtākārasnehaḥ।

mastiṣkasya racanā jaṭilā asti। / yakṣmaṃ śīrṣaṇyaṃ mastiṣkāt jihvāyā vivṛhāmi te।

stu

vāstuśāstram, sthāpatyaśāstram   

tat śāstraṃ yasmin gṛhādinirmāṇasya kāryasya vivecanam asti।

vāstukalāyāṃ naipuṇyārthe vāstuśāstrasya adhyayanam āvaśyakam।

stu

aprastuta   

yad suvyaktarītyā na prastutam।

aprastutayā paddhatyā mayā tatkāryaṃ kṛtam।

stu

viṣayaḥ, prakaraṇam, sandarbhaḥ, vastu, prasaṃgaḥ, prasaṅgaḥ   

yasya vivecanaṃ kriyate।

aham asmin viṣaye kimapi vaktuṃ na icchāmi।

stu

bandī, stutipāṭhakaḥ   

rājñaḥ yaśasaḥ kīrteḥ ca yaḥ varṇanaṃ karoti।

rājā prasannaḥ bhūtvā bandinaṃ svasya mantriṇaṃ ghoṣayati।

stu

muṣṭiḥ, mustu, mucuṭī, tsaruḥ   

mudrāviśeṣaḥ, sampiṇḍitāṅgulipāṇiḥ।

muṣṭibhiḥ muṣṭibhiḥ prahṛtya yad yuddham bhavati tad muṣṭiyuddham।

stu

kaustubhaḥ   

purāṇānusāreṇa viṣṇuvakṣasthaḥ maṇiḥ।

kaustubhaḥ samudramanthane prāptaḥ।

stu

viṣayaḥ, prakaraṇam, vastu, āśayaḥ   

keṣucit lekheṣu granthādau vā nirūpitāḥ vicārāḥ athavā yasya nirūpaṇaṃ karaṇīyam asti।

premacandamahodayasya kathānāṃ viṣayaḥ grāmya-sthitiḥ āsīt।

stu

stūpaḥ, dharmarājikā   

bhagavataḥ buddhasya athavā anyasya bauddhabhikṣoḥ asthi, dantāḥ, keśādīnāṃ smṛticihnānāṃ surakṣārthaṃ nirmitaṃ bhavanam।

kuśīnagare ekaḥ bṛhad stūpaḥ asti।

stu

dyūtakaraḥ, dyūtakāraḥ, kitavaḥ, akṣadhūrtaḥ, akṣadevī, akṣadyūḥ, akṣadhūrtaḥ, dhustūraḥ, kairavaḥ, dyūtakṛt, akṣakitavaḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, devasabhyaḥ, devitā, harikaḥ, hārakaḥ, kṛṣṇakohalaḥ   

yaḥ akṣaiḥ akṣān vā dīvyati।

dyūtakaraḥ dyūte vigatavibhavaḥ jātaḥ।

stu

praśaṃs, ślāgh, stu, nu, prastu, abhiśaṃs, āśaṃs, abhiṣṭu, anuprath, abhinand, gṝ, āgṝ, abhigṝ, anumad, īḍ, kīrtaya, parivand, pratiśaṃs, pravac   

anyasya guṇānāṃ prakarṣeṇa varṇanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mohanaḥ rāmasya guṇān prāśaṃsat।

stu

vāstunirmāṇakauśalam, nirmāṇaśilpam, śilpam   

bhavanaprāsādādīnāṃ nirmāṇasya kalā।

āgarānagarasthe tājamahale dṛṣṭe eva tasya vāstunirmāṇakauśalaṃ rocate।

stu

upabhogyavastu   

yad upabhoktā upayunakti।

paṇe pratidine nūtanāni upabhogyavastūni dṛśyante।

stu

alakaḥ, alakam, āvartaḥ, kamujā, kuntalaḥ, kurulaḥ, keśī, keśamaṇḍalam, keśastukaḥ, keśāntaḥ, khaṅkaraḥ, guḍālakaḥ, guḍālakam, cūḍā, cūrṇakuntalaḥ, śikhaṇḍakaḥ, śikhā, śikhāsūtram   

pṛṣṭhabhāge vāmabhāge dakṣiṇabhāge ca itastataḥ avakīrṇāḥ keśāḥ।

tasyāḥ alakena yuktaṃ mukhaṃ aparicitaḥ iva abhāsata।

stu

vastuniṣṭha   

vastusambandhī padārthasambandhī vā।

vijñānaṃ mānavasya vastuniṣṭhāyāḥ buddhyāḥ vikāsārthe sāhāyyaṃ karoti।

stu

godhūma, bahudugdhaḥ, apūpaḥ, mlecchabhojanaḥ, yavanaḥ, nistuṣakṣīraḥ, rasālaḥ, sumanāḥ   

vrīhibhedaḥ, godhūli-varṇīyaḥ dhānya-viśeṣaḥ, asya guṇāḥ-snigdhatvam, madhuratvam, vāta-pitta-dāha-nāśitvam;

yavagodhūmajam sarva payasaścaiva vikriyā [manu 5.25]

stu

vyadh, chid, āvyadh, anuvyadh, nirbhid, avabhid, prabhid, nirbhad, pratibhid, vibhid, vinirbhid, nirvyadh, nivyadh, parivyadh, pratud, nistud, pariṇud, tṛd, ātṛd, atitṛd, ativyadh, nikṣ, anunikṣ, udṛṣ, upatṛd, upārṣ, nitud, nitṛd, paritṛd, pracchid, vitud, vitṛd, vinikṣ, vivyadh, vyṛṣ, śvabhr, saṃkṛt, saṃchid, sañchid, sambhid   

tigmena astreṇa kasyacana vastunaḥ chidranirmāṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

takṣakaḥ utpīṭhikāṃ nirmātuṃ kānicana kāṣṭhāni avidhyat।

stu

paṇyam, paṇasaḥ, krayavastu, paṇaḥ   

yeṣāṃ vastūnāṃ kraya-vikrayaṇaṃ kriyate।

saḥ paṇyaṃ kretuṃ gataḥ।

stu

arthatattvam, vastuvṛttam   

vṛttasya vāstavikasthitiḥ।

asya vṛttasya arthatattvāni anviṣyante।

stu

stutya, praśaṃsitavya, stavya, kāruṇya, aṅgoṣin, ślokya, śaṃsya, praśastavya, suvṛkti, pāṇya, śravāyya, abhivandya, ślāghanīya, praśasya, vandya, suśasti, pravācya, śravya, īḍenya, mahanīya, śālin, praśasna, stavanīya, īḍya, paṇāyya, śaṃsanīya, praśaṃstavya   

stavanārhaḥ।

stutyasya atitheḥ hārdaṃ svāgataṃ kurmaḥ vayam।

stu

vāstuḥ   

vasanti prāṇino yatra;

vāstu saṃkṣepato vakṣye gṛhādau vighnanāśanam

[śa ka]

stu

vāstuśilpīya, sthāpatyasambandhī   

vāstuśilpasambandhī।

etad mandiraṃ svagatāyāḥ vāstuśilpīyāyāḥ bhavyatāyāḥ kṛte prasiddham।

stu

pṛśniparṇikā, pṛśniparṇī, pṛthakparṇī, citraparṇī, aṅghrivallikā, kroṣṭuvinnā, siṃhapucchī, kalaśiḥ, dhāvaniḥ, guhā, pṛṣṇiparṇī, lāṅgalī, kroṣṭupucchikā, pūrṇaparṇī, kalaśī, kroṣṭukamekhalā, dīrghā, śṛgālavṛntā, triparṇī, siṃhapucchikā, siṃhapuṣpī, dīrghapatrā, atiguhā, ghṛṣṭhilā, citraparṇikā, mahāguhā, śṛgālavinnā, dhamanī, dhāmanī, mekhalā, lāṅgūlikā, lāṅgūlī, lāṅgūlikī, pṛṣṭiparṇī, pṛṣṭaparṇī, dīrghaparṇī, aṅghriparṇī, dhāvanī, kharagandhā, kharagandhanibhā, gorakṣataṇḍulā, catuṣphalā, jhaṣā, dhāvanī, nāgabalā, mahāgandhā, mahāpattrā, mahāśākhā, mahodayā, viśvadevā, viśvedevā, hrasvagavedhukā, ghaṇṭā, ghoṇṭāphala, gorakṣataṇḍula, gāṅgerukī, golomikā, dyutilā, brahmaparṇī, rasālihā, śīrṇanālā, sumūlā, khagaśatruḥ, śvapuccham   

auṣadhopayogī latāviśeṣaḥ।

pṛśniparṇikāyāḥ śvetavarṇayuktaṃ vartulākārarūpaṃ puṣpaṃ bhavati।

stu

sūtradhāraḥ, prastutakartā   

yaḥ prastauti।

sūtradhāraḥ eva apagataḥ tarhi kāryakramaḥ katham ārapsyate।

stu

praśaṃsā, stavanam, stutiḥ, kīrtanam   

yaśasaḥ varṇanam।

saḥ svasya guroḥ praśaṃsāyāḥ na viramati।

stu

paśtuḥ   

pākistānasya paścimottarayā sīmnaḥ ārabhya aphagāṇistānaṃ yāvat bhāṣyamāṇā bhāṣā।

saḥ paśtuṃ vaktuṃ śaknoti।

stu

anuṣṭup   

dvātriṃśataḥ varṇānām ekaṃ varṇavṛttaṃ yasmin aṣṭamātrikāḥ catvāraḥ caraṇāḥ santi।

anuṣṭupi pratyekasmin caraṇe pañcamaḥ varṇaḥ laghuḥ tathā ca ṣaṣṭhaḥ varṇaḥ guruḥ ca asti।

stu

khādyam, prāśyam, bhakṣyam, bhojyam, bhojyavastu, bhojyadravyam   

bhojanādinā sambaddhāni sarvāṇi vastūni।

bhavataḥ khādyasya vyavasthā asmin bhojanālaye kṛtā।

stu

yācitaḥ, yācitā, yācitam, abhyācitaḥ, abhyācitā, abhyācitam, arditaḥ, arditā, arditam, upayācitaḥ, upayācitā, upayācitam, samprārthitaḥ, samprārthitā, samprārthitam, prārthitaḥ, prārthitā, prārthitam, prārthitavastu   

prārthitam vastu।

pitā te yācitaḥ pūrvaṃ mayā vai tvatkṛte'bale। [devībhāgavate 3।28।67]

stu

kapilavastuḥ   

gautamabuddhasya janmasthānaṃ tathā ca śakānāṃ rājadhānī।

kapilavastuḥ nepālaprānte āsīt।

stu

aprastutapraśaṃsā   

arthālaṅkāraviśeṣaḥ।

aprastutapraśaṃsāyām aprastutasya varṇanena prastutasya sattā darśyate।

stu

kaṇḍanam, bahulīkaraṇam, nistuṣīkaraṇam   

bījānāṃ vivecanāya dhānyāt kāṇḍānām apākaraṇam।

tena kaṇḍanam asvīkṛtam।

stu

kaṇḍanabhṛtiḥ, bahulīkaraṇabhṛtiḥ, nistuṣīkaraṇabhṛtiḥ   

bījānāṃ vivecanāya dhānyāt kāṇḍānām apākaraṇasya vetanam।

adya yāvat tena mahyaṃ kaṇḍanabhṛtiḥ na dattā।

stu

purātattvaśāstrajñaḥ, purātanaśāstrajñaḥ, purāṇavastuśāstrajñaḥ   

yaḥ purātatvaśāstraṃ jānāti।

sālāmahodayaḥ yuropadeśasya purātatvaśāstrajñaḥ asti।

stu

kāstūrika   

yasmin kasturyāḥ sugandhaḥ vartate।

tasya haste kāstūrikaṃ vastu asti।

stu

kāstūrika   

kastūryā sahitam।

kāstūrikebhyaḥ padārthebhyaḥ sugandhaḥ āyāti।